e10vk
Table of Contents

 
 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
450 Fifth Street, N.W.
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
     
þ   ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Fiscal Year Ended December 31, 2010
or
     
o   TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from            to
Commission File No. 000-51557
Investors Bancorp, Inc.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
     
Delaware   22-3493930
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  (I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
 
101 JFK Parkway, Short Hills, New Jersey
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)
  07078
Zip Code
(973) 924-5100
(Registrant’s telephone number)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
     
Common Stock, par value $0.01 per share   The NASDAQ Stock Market LLC
     
(Title of Class)   (Name of each exchange on which registered)
Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No þ
     Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No þ
     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such requirements for the past 90 days. Yes þ No o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files). Yes þ No o
     Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of Registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K. o
     Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
             
Large accelerated filer þ   Accelerated filer o   Non-accelerated filer o   Smaller reporting company o
        (Do not check if a smaller reporting company)    
     Indicate by check mark whether the Registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act). Yes o No þ
     As of February 22, 2011, the registrant had 118,020,280 shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per share, issued and 113,274,092 shares outstanding, of which 64,844,373 shares, or 57.3%, were held by Investors Bancorp, MHC, the registrant’s mutual holding company.
     The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant, computed by reference to the last sale price on June 30, 2010, as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market, was approximately $656.6 million.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
1.   Proxy Statement for the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders of the Registrant (Part III).
 
 

 


 

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC.
2010 ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
TABLE OF CONTENTS
         
    Page  
       
    3  
    3  
    38  
    38  
    38  
    38  
       
    38  
    41  
    42  
    63  
    63  
    63  
    63  
    64  
       
    64  
    64  
    64  
    64  
    64  
       
    64  
       
 EX-23.1
 EX-31.1
 EX-31.2
 EX-32
 EX-101 INSTANCE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 SCHEMA DOCUMENT
 EX-101 CALCULATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 LABELS LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 PRESENTATION LINKBASE DOCUMENT
 EX-101 DEFINITION LINKBASE DOCUMENT

2


Table of Contents

PRIVATE SECURITIES LITIGATION REFORM ACT SAFE HARBOR STATEMENT
This Annual Report on Form 10-K contains a number of forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the Exchange Act. These statements may be identified by the use of the words “anticipate,” “believe,” “could,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “outlook,” “plan,” “potential,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would” and similar terms and phrases, including references to assumptions.
Forward-looking statements are based on various assumptions and analyses made by us in light of our management’s experience and its perception of historical trends, current conditions and expected future developments, as well as other factors we believe are appropriate under the circumstances. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to risks, uncertainties and other factors (many of which are beyond our control) that could cause actual results to differ materially from future results expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements. These factors include, without limitation, the following:
    the timing and occurrence or non-occurrence of events may be subject to circumstances beyond our control;
 
    there may be increases in competitive pressure among financial institutions or from non-financial institutions;
 
    changes in the interest rate environment may reduce interest margins or affect the value of our investments;
 
    changes in deposit flows, loan demand or real estate values may adversely affect our business;
 
    changes in accounting principles, policies or guidelines may cause our financial condition to be perceived differently;
 
    general economic conditions, either nationally or locally in some or all areas in which we do business, or conditions in the real estate or securities markets or the banking industry may be less favorable than we currently anticipate;
 
    legislative or regulatory changes may adversely affect our business;
 
    technological changes may be more difficult or expensive than we anticipate;
 
    success or consummation of new business initiatives may be more difficult or expensive than we anticipate;
 
    litigation or other matters before regulatory agencies, whether currently existing or commencing in the future, may be determined adverse to us or may delay the occurrence or non-occurrence of events longer than we anticipate;
 
    the risks associated with continued diversification of assets and adverse changes to credit quality;
 
    difficulties associated with achieving expected future financial results; and
 
    the risk of continued economic slowdown that would adversely affect credit quality and loan originations.
We have no obligation to update any forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this document.
As used in this Form 10-K, “we,” “us” and “our” refer to Investors Bancorp, Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries, principally Investors Savings Bank.
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Investors Bancorp, Inc.
     Investors Bancorp, Inc. (the “Company”) is a Delaware corporation that was organized on January 21, 1997 for the purpose of being a holding company for Investors Savings Bank (the “Bank”), a New Jersey chartered savings bank. On October 11, 2005, the Company completed its initial public stock offering in which it sold 51,627,094 shares, or 44.40% of its outstanding common stock, to subscribers in the offering, including 4,254,072 shares purchased by the Investors Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the “ESOP”). Upon completion of the initial public offering, Investors Bancorp, MHC (the “MHC”), the Company’s New Jersey chartered mutual holding company parent, held 63,099,781 shares, or 54.27% of the Company’s outstanding common stock. Additionally, the Company contributed $5,163,000 in cash and issued 1,548,813 shares of common stock, or 1.33% of its outstanding shares, to the Investors Savings Bank Charitable Foundation.

3


Table of Contents

     Since the formation of the Company in 1997, our primary business has been that of holding the common stock of the Bank and additionally since our stock offering, a loan to the ESOP. Investors Bancorp, Inc., as the holding company of Investors Savings Bank, is authorized to pursue other business activities permitted by applicable laws and regulations for bank holding companies.
     Our cash flow depends on dividends received from Investors Savings Bank. Investors Bancorp, Inc. neither owns nor leases any property, but instead uses the premises, equipment and furniture of Investors Savings Bank. At the present time, we employ as officers only certain persons who are also officers of Investors Savings Bank and we use the support staff of Investors Savings Bank from time to time. These persons are not separately compensated by Investors Bancorp, Inc. Investors Bancorp, Inc. may hire additional employees, as appropriate, to the extent it expands its business in the future.
     On October 15, 2010, the Company completed its acquisition of Millennium bcpbank (“Millennium”) deposit franchise. In this transaction the Company acquired approximately $600.0 million of deposits and seventeen branches in New Jersey, New York and Massachusetts for a deposit premium of 0.11%. In addition, the Company purchased a portion of Millennium’s performing loan portfolio and entered into a loan servicing agreement to service those loans it did not purchase. The Company recorded a bargain purchase gain of $1.8 million in connection with the purchase of the Millennium deposit franchise and servicing of their loan portfolio. The Company also entered into a definitive agreement to sell the Millennium branch locations in Massachusetts to Admirals Bank, headquartered in Cranston, Rhode Island. The transaction is anticipated to close during the second quarter 2011.
     On October 16, 2009, the Company completed the acquisition of six New Jersey bank branches and approximately $227.0 million of deposits from Banco Popular North America. The Company did not purchase any loans as part of the transaction. The transaction generated approximately $4.9 million in goodwill.
     On May 31, 2009, the Company completed the acquisition of American Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc. (“American Bancorp”), the holding company of American Bank of New Jersey (“American Bank”), a federal savings bank with approximately $680.0 million in assets and five full-service branches in northern New Jersey. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting as prescribed by Accounting Standard Codification (“ASC”) 805, “Business Combinations,” as amended. Accordingly, American Bancorp’s results of operations have been included in the Company’s results of operations since the date of acquisition. Under this method of accounting, the purchase price is allocated to the respective assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, net of applicable income tax effects. The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. The purchase price of $98.2 million was paid through a combination of the Company’s common stock (6,503,897 shares) and cash of $47.5 million. The transaction generated approximately $17.6 million in goodwill and $3.9 million in core deposit intangibles subject to amortization beginning June 1, 2009. American Bank was merged into the Bank as of the acquisition date.
     On June 6, 2008, Investors Bancorp, MHC, the Company’s New Jersey chartered mutual holding company, completed its merger of Summit Federal Bankshares, MHC, a federally chartered mutual holding company. The merger was a combination of mutual enterprises and therefore was accounted for using the pooling-of-interests method. All financial information prior to the merger date has been restated to include amounts for Summit Federal for all periods presented. At the merger date, Summit Federal had assets of $110.0 million and five full service branches in northern New Jersey. The effect of the merger on the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations was immaterial. In connection with the merger, the Company, as required by the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS) which regulated Summit Federal, issued 1,744,592 additional shares of its common stock to Investors Bancorp, MHC.
Investors Savings Bank
General
     Investors Savings Bank is a New Jersey-chartered savings bank headquartered in Short Hills, New Jersey. Originally founded in 1926 as a New Jersey-chartered mutual savings and loan association, we have grown through acquisitions and internal growth, including de novo branching. In 1992, we converted our charter to a mutual savings bank, and in 1997 we converted our charter to a New Jersey-chartered stock savings bank. We conduct business from our main office located at 101 JFK Parkway, Short Hills, New Jersey, and 82 branch offices located throughout northern and central New Jersey, New York and Massachusetts. The telephone number at our main office is (973) 924-5100. At December 31, 2010, our assets totaled $9.60 billion and our deposits totaled $6.77 billion.
     We are in the business of attracting deposits from the public through our branch network and borrowing funds in the wholesale markets to originate loans and to invest in securities. We originate mortgage loans secured by one- to four-family residential real estate, commercial real estate, construction, multi-family loans, commercial and industrial loans and consumer loans, the majority of which are home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. Securities, primarily U.S. Government and Federal Agency obligations, mortgage-backed and other securities represented 11.3% of our assets at December 31, 2010. We offer a variety of deposit accounts and emphasize quality customer service. Investors Savings Bank is subject to comprehensive regulation and examination by both the New Jersey Department

4


Table of Contents

of Banking and Insurance and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and we are subject to regulations as a bank holding company by the Federal Reserve Board.
     Our results of operations are dependent primarily on our net interest income, which is the difference between the interest earned on our assets, primarily our loan and securities portfolios, and the interest paid on our deposits and borrowings. Our net income is also affected by our provision for loan losses, non-interest income, non-interest expense and income tax expense. Non-interest income includes fees and service charges; income from bank owned life insurance, or BOLI; net gain on sales of mortgage loans; net gain on securities; and other income. Non-interest expense consists of compensation and benefits expense; advertising and promotional expense; office occupancy and equipment expense; federal deposit insurance premiums; stationary, printing, supplies and telephone expense; professional fees; data processing fees; and other operating expenses. Our earnings are significantly affected by general economic and competitive conditions, particularly changes in market interest rates and U.S. Treasury yield curves, government policies and actions of regulatory authorities.
Market Area
     We are headquartered in Short Hills, New Jersey, and our primary deposit gathering area is concentrated in the communities surrounding our headquarters and our 82 branch offices located in the communities of Bergen, Essex, Hudson, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset, Union and Warren Counties, New Jersey; Nassau and Queens, New York and Massachusetts. Our primary lending area is broader than our deposit-gathering area and includes 14 counties in New Jersey and 6 counties in New York. It is largely urban and suburban with a broad economic base as is typical for counties in and surrounding the New York metropolitan area. As one of the wealthiest states in the nation, New Jersey, with a population of 8.8 million, is considered one of the most attractive banking markets in the United States.
     Our entry into the New York market, which started in 2010 with the the opening of our New York City lending office and the acquisition of the Millennium branches, allows us to continue to expand our retail operations and geographic footprint.
     Many of the counties we serve are projected to experience strong to moderate population and household income growth through 2015. Though slower population growth is projected for some of the counties we serve, it is important to note that these counties represent some of the most densely populated counties. All of the counties we serve have a strong mature market with median household incomes greater than $53,000. The household incomes in the counties we serve are all expected to increase in a range from 14.12% to 17.54% through 2015. The December 2010 unemployment rates for New Jersey and New York, 8.7% and 8.0%, respectively, were slightly lower than the national rate of 9.4%.
Competition
     We face intense competition within our market area both in making loans and attracting deposits. Our market area has a high concentration of financial institutions, including large money center and regional banks, community banks and credit unions. Some of our competitors offer products and services that we currently do not offer, such as trust services and private banking. As of June 30, 2010, the latest date for which statistics are available, our market share of deposits was 2.5% of total deposits in the State of New Jersey.
     Our competition for loans and deposits comes principally from commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage banking firms and credit unions. We face additional competition for deposits from short-term money market funds, brokerage firms, mutual funds and insurance companies. Our primary focus is to build and develop profitable customer relationships across all lines of business while maintaining our role as a community bank.
Lending Activities
     While our principal lending activity continues to be the origination and purchase of mortgage loans collateralized by residential real estate, in recent years we have focused on growing our commercial real estate portfolio. Residential mortgage loans represented $4.94 billion, or 61.8% of our total loans at December 31, 2010 compared to $2.69 billion, or 90.3% of our total loans at June 30, 2006. At December 31, 2010, commercial real estate totaled $1.23 billion, or 15.3% of our total loan portfolio, multi-family loans totaled $1.16 billion, or 14.5% of our total loan portfolio, construction loans totaled $347.8 million, or 4.4% of our total loan portfolio, and commercial and industrial loans totaled $60.9 million or 0.8% of our total loan portfolio. We also offer consumer loans, which consist primarily of home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. At December 31, 2010, consumer loans totaled $259.8 million or 3.3% of our total loan portfolio.
     Loan Portfolio Composition. The following table sets forth the composition of our loan portfolio by type of loan, at the dates indicated.

5


Table of Contents

                                                                                                 
    December 31,     June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006  
    Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent     Amount     Percent  
                                            (Dollars in thousands)                                          
Residential mortgage loans:
                                                                                               
One- to four-family
  $ 4,922,901       61.58 %   $ 4,756,042       71.50 %   $ 4,690,335       76.00 %   $ 3,989,334       85.54 %   $ 3,159,484       87.51 %   $ 2,669,726       89.49 %
FHA
    16,343       0.20       17,514       0.26       18,564       0.30       20,229       0.43       22,624       0.63       24,928       0.84  
 
                                                                       
Total residential mortgage loans
    4,939,244       61.78       4,773,556       71.76       4,708,899       76.30       4,009,563       85.97       3,182,108       88.14       2,694,654       90.33  
 
                                                                       
Multi-family
    1,161,874       14.53       612,743       9.21       482,783       7.82       82,711       1.77       40,066       1.11       10,936       0.37  
Commercial
    1,225,256       15.33       730,012       10.97       433,204       7.02       142,396       3.06       69,282       1.92       68,087       2.28  
Construction loans
    347,825       4.35       334,480       5.03       346,967       5.62       260,177       5.58       153,420       4.25       66,209       2.22  
Commercial and industrial loans
    60,903       0.76       23,159       0.35       15,665       0.25       47                                
Consumer and other loans:
                                                                                               
Home equity loans
    147,540       1.84       104,864       1.58       119,193       1.93       139,587       2.99       139,524       3.86       113,572       3.80  
Home equity credit lines
    108,356       1.36       70,341       1.06       61,664       1.00       27,270       0.59       23,927       0.66       28,063       0.94  
Other
    3,861       0.05       2,972       0.04       3,341       0.06       1,962       0.04       1,993       0.06       1,721       0.06  
 
                                                                       
Total consumer and other loans
    259,757       3.25       178,177       2.68       184,198       2.99       168,819       3.62       165,444       4.58       143,356       4.80  
 
                                                                       
Total loans
  $ 7,994,859       100.00 %   $ 6,652,127       100.00 %   $ 6,171,716       100.00 %   $ 4,663,713       100.00 %   $ 3,610,320       100.00 %   $ 2,983,242       100.00 %
 
                                                                       
Premiums on purchased loans, net
    22,021               22,958               21,313               22,622               23,587               20,327          
Deferred loan fees, net
    (8,244 )             (4,574 )             (3,252 )             (2,620 )             (1,958 )             (1,765 )        
Allowance for loan losses
    (90,931 )             (55,052 )             (46,608 )             (13,565 )             (6,951 )             (6,369 )        
 
                                                                                   
Net loans
  $ 7,917,705             $ 6,615,459             $ 6,143,169             $ 4,670,150             $ 3,624,998             $ 2,995,435          
 
                                                                                   
     Loan Portfolio Maturities. The following table summarizes the scheduled repayments of our loan portfolio at December 31, 2010. Overdraft loans are reported as being due in one year or less.
                                                         
    At December 31, 2010  
                                    Commercial              
                                    and     Consumer        
    Residential                     Construction     Industrial     and Other        
    Mortgage     Multi-Family     Commercial     Loans     loans     Loans     Total  
                            (In thousands)                          
Amounts Due:
                                                       
One year or less
  $ 7,819       15,933       53,339       235,449       24,625       4,601       341,766  
After one year:
                                                       
One to three years
    14,302       195,727       254,443       93,618       4,698       16,553       579,341  
Three to five years
    8,415       175,800       139,809       13,145       6,920       14,828       358,917  
Five to ten years
    215,554       688,396       665,270       200       23,267       81,649       1,674,336  
Ten to twenty years
    906,174       82,557       108,567       5,413       1,393       75,231       1,179,335  
Over twenty years
    3,786,980       3,461       3,828                   66,895       3,861,164  
 
                                         
Total due after one year
    4,931,425       1,145,941       1,171,917       112,376       36,278       255,156       7,653,093  
 
                                         
Total loans
  $ 4,939,244       1,161,874       1,225,256       347,825       60,903       259,757       7,994,859  
 
                                         
Premiums on purchased loans, net
                                                    22,021  
Deferred loan fees, net
                                                    (8,244 )
Allowance for loan losses
                                                    (90,931 )
 
                                                     
Net loans
                                                  $ 7,917,705  
 
                                                     
     The following table sets forth fixed- and adjustable-rate loans at December 31, 2010 that are contractually due after December 31, 2011.
                         
    Due After December 31, 2011  
    Fixed     Adjustable     Total  
            (In thousands)          
Residential mortgage loans
  $ 2,895,662       2,035,763       4,931,425  
Multi-family
    562,321       583,620       1,145,941  
Commercial
    777,570       394,347       1,171,917  
Construction loans
    12,607       99,769       112,376  
Commercial and industrial
    34,776       1,502       36,278  
Consumer and other loans:
                       
Home equity loans
    147,161             147,161  
Home equity credit lines
          107,646       107,646  
Other
          349       349  
 
                 
Total consumer and other loans
    147,161       107,995       255,156  
 
                 
Total loans
  $ 4,430,097       3,222,996       7,653,093  
 
                 

6


Table of Contents

     Residential Mortgage Loans. Currently, our primary lending activity is originating and purchasing residential mortgage loans, most of which are secured by properties located in our primary market area and most of which we hold in portfolio. At December 31, 2010, $4.94 billion, or 61.8%, of our loan portfolio consisted of residential mortgage loans. Residential mortgage loans are originated by our mortgage subsidiary, ISB Mortgage Company LLC (“ISB Mortgage”), for our loan portfolio and for sale to third parties. We also purchase mortgage loans from correspondent entities including other banks and mortgage bankers. Our agreements call for these correspondent entities to originate loans that adhere to our underwriting standards. In most cases we acquire the loans with servicing rights, but we have some arrangements in which the correspondent entity will sell us the loan without servicing rights. In addition, we purchase pools of mortgage loans in the secondary market on a “bulk purchase” basis from several well-established financial institutions. While some of these financial institutions retain the servicing rights for loans they sell to us, when presented with the opportunity to purchase the servicing rights as part of the loan, we may decide to purchase the servicing rights. This decision is generally based on the price and other relevant factors.
     Generally, residential mortgage loans are originated in amounts up to 80% of the lesser of the appraised value or purchase price of the property to a maximum loan amount of $750,000. Loans over $750,000 require a lower loan to value ratio. Loans in excess of 80% of value require private mortgage insurance and cannot exceed $500,000. We will not make loans with a loan-to-value ratio in excess of 95% or 97% for programs to low or moderate-income borrowers. Fixed-rate mortgage loans are originated for terms of up to 30 years. Generally, all fixed-rate residential mortgage loans are underwritten according to Fannie Mae guidelines, policies and procedures. At December 31, 2010, we held $2.90 billion in fixed-rate residential mortgage loans which represented 58.8% of our residential mortgage loan portfolio.
     We also offer adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans, which adjust annually after three, five, seven or ten year initial fixed-rate periods. Our adjustable rate loans usually adjust to an index plus a margin, based on the weekly average yield on U.S. Treasuries adjusted to a constant maturity of one year. Annual caps of 2% per adjustment apply, with a lifetime maximum adjustment of 5% on most loans. Our adjustable-rate mortgage loans amortize over terms of up to 30 years. In addition, we originate interest-only one-to four-family mortgage loans in which the borrower makes only interest payments for the first five, seven or ten years of the mortgage loan term. This feature will result in future increases in the borrower’s contractually required payments due to the required amortization of the principal amount after the interest-only period. The Company maintains stricter underwriting criteria for these interest-only loans than it does for its amortizing loans. Borrowers are qualified using the loan rate at the date of origination and the fully amortized payment amount.
     Adjustable-rate mortgage loans decrease the Bank’s risk associated with changes in market interest rates by periodically re-pricing, but involve other risks because, as interest rates increase, the underlying payments by the borrower increase, which increases the potential for default by the borrower. At the same time, the marketability of the underlying collateral may be adversely affected by higher interest rates or a decline in housing values. The maximum periodic and lifetime interest rate adjustments may limit the effectiveness of adjustable-rate mortgages during periods of rapidly rising interest rates. At December 31, 2010, we held $2.04 billion of adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans, of which $529.1 million were interest-only one-to four-family mortgages. Adjustable-rate residential mortgage loans represented 41.2% of our residential mortgage loan portfolio.
     To provide financing for low-and moderate-income home buyers, we also offer various loan programs some of which include down payment assistance for home purchases. Through these programs, qualified individuals receive a reduced rate of interest on most of our loan programs and have their application fee refunded at closing, as well as other incentives if certain conditions are met.
     All residential mortgage loans we originate include a “due-on-sale” clause, which gives us the right to declare a loan immediately due and payable if the borrower sells or otherwise disposes of the real property subject to the mortgage and the loan is not repaid. All borrowers are required to obtain title insurance, fire and casualty insurance and, if warranted, flood insurance on properties securing real estate loans.
     Multi-family and Commercial Real Estate Loans. As part of our strategy to add to and diversify our loan portfolio, we offer mortgages on multi-family and commercial real estate properties. At December 31, 2010, $1.16 billion, or 14.5%, of our total loan portfolio was multi-family and $1.23 billion or 15.3% of our total loan portfolio was commercial real estate loans. Our policy generally has been to originate multi-family and commercial real estate loans in New Jersey, New York and surrounding states. Commercial real estate loans are secured by office buildings, mixed-use properties and other commercial properties. The multi-family and commercial real estate loans in our portfolio consist of both fixed-rate and adjustable-rate loans which were originated at prevailing market rates. Multi-family and commercial real estate loans are generally five to fifteen year term balloon loans amortized over fifteen to thirty years. The maximum loan-to-value ratio is 70% for our commercial real estate loans and 75% for multi-family loans. At December 31, 2010, our largest commercial real estate loan was $30.0 million and is on an industrial building in New Jersey. Our largest multi-family loan was $29.0 million and is on a high rise apartment building in New Jersey.
     We consider a number of factors when we originate multi-family and commercial real estate loans. During the underwriting process we evaluate the business qualifications and financial condition of the borrower, including credit history, profitability of the property being financed, as well as the value and condition of the mortgaged property securing the loan. When evaluating the business qualifications of the borrower, we consider the financial resources of the borrower, the borrower’s experience in owning or managing similar property and the borrower’s payment history with us and other financial institutions. In evaluating the property securing the loan, we consider the net operating income of the mortgaged property before debt service and depreciation, the ratio of the loan

7


Table of Contents

amount to the appraised value of the mortgaged property and the debt service coverage ratio (the ratio of net operating income to debt service) to ensure it is at least 120% of the monthly debt service for apartment buildings and 130% for commercial income-producing properties. All commercial real estate loans are appraised by outside independent appraisers who have been approved by our Board of Directors. Personal guarantees are obtained from commercial real estate borrowers although we will consider waiving this requirement based upon the loan-to-value ratio of the proposed loan and other factors. All borrowers are required to obtain title, fire and casualty insurance and, if warranted, flood insurance.
     Loans secured by commercial real estate generally are larger than residential mortgage loans and involve greater credit risk. Commercial real estate loans often involve large loan balances to single borrowers or groups of related borrowers. Repayment of these loans depends to a large degree on the results of operations and management of the properties securing the loans or the businesses conducted on such property, and may be affected to a greater extent by adverse conditions in the real estate market or the economy in general. Accordingly, management annually evaluates the performance of all commercial loans in excess of $1.0 million.
     Construction Loans. We offer loans directly to builders and developers on income-producing properties and residential for-sale housing units. At December 31, 2010, we held $347.8 million in construction loans representing 4.4% of our total loan portfolio. Construction loans are originated through our commercial lending department. If the loan applicant meets our criteria, we issue a letter of intent listing the terms and conditions of any potential loan. Primarily we offer adjustable-rate residential construction loans which can be structured with an option for permanent mortgage financing once the construction is completed. Generally, construction loans will be structured to be repaid over a three-year period and generally will be made in amounts of up to 70% of the appraised value of the completed property, or the actual cost of the improvements. Funds are disbursed based on inspections in accordance with a schedule reflecting the completion of portions of the project. Construction financing for sold units requires an executed sales contract.
     Construction loans generally involve a greater degree of credit risk than residential mortgage loans. The risk of loss on a construction loan depends on the accuracy of the initial estimate of the property’s value when the construction is completed compared to the estimated cost of construction. For all loans, we use outside independent appraisers approved by our Board of Directors. We require all borrowers to obtain title insurance, fire and casualty insurance and, if warranted, flood insurance. A detailed plan and cost review by an outside engineering firm is required on loans in excess of $2.5 million.
     At December 31, 2010, the Bank’s largest construction loan was a $34.0 million note on an apartment-rental project in New Jersey. The loan had an outstanding balance at December 31, 2010 of $11.7 million and was performing in accordance with contractual terms.
     Commercial and Industrial Loans. We offer commercial and industrial loans. These loans include term loans, lines of credit and owner occupied commercial real estate loans. These loans are generally secured by real estate or business assets and include personal guarantees. The loan to value limit is 75% and businesses will typically have at least a 2 year history. At December 31, 2010, $60.9 million, or 0.76%, of our loan portfolio consisted of these types of loans.
     Consumer Loans. We offer consumer loans, most of which consist of home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. Home equity loans and home equity lines of credit are secured by residences located in New Jersey and New York. At December 31, 2010, consumer loans totaled $259.8 million or 3.3% of our total loan portfolio. The underwriting standards we use for home equity loans and home equity lines of credit include a determination of the applicant’s credit history, an assessment of the applicant’s ability to meet existing credit obligations, the payment on the proposed loan and the value of the collateral securing the loan. The combined (first and second mortgage liens) loan-to-value ratio for home equity loans and home equity lines of credit is generally limited to a maximum of 80%. Home equity loans are offered with fixed rates of interest, terms up to 30 years and to a maximum of $500,000. Home equity lines of credit have adjustable rates of interest, indexed to the prime rate, as reported in The Wall Street Journal.
     The following table shows our loan originations, loan purchases and repayment activities with respect to our portfolio of loans receivable for the periods indicated. Origination, sale and repayment activities with respect to our loans-held-for-sale are excluded from the table.

8


Table of Contents

                                         
                    Six Months        
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended December 31,     Year Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2009     2008  
    (In thousands)  
Loan originations and purchases:
                                       
Loan originations:
                                       
Residential mortgage loans:
                                       
One- to four-family
  $ 800,497       548,880       359,118       407,381       284,386  
FHA
                      244       483  
 
                             
Total residential mortgage loans
    800,497       548,880       359,118       407,625       284,869  
Multi-family
    487,933       247,388       148,386       145,521       139,995  
Commercial
    412,623       439,531       301,603       221,964        
Construction loans
    214,437       94,342       56,275       127,631       174,110  
Commercial and industrial
    59,636       21,579       14,637       9,961        
Consumer and other loans:
                                       
Home equity loans
    12,921       10,941       6,251       14,562       34,039  
Home equity credit lines
    59,731       46,064       26,018       32,190       21,759  
Other
    15,168       3,849       2,012       3,698       2,749  
 
                             
Total consumer and other loans
    87,820       60,854       34,281       50,450       58,547  
 
                             
Total loan originations
  $ 2,062,946       1,412,574       914,300       963,152       657,521  
 
                             
Loan purchases:
                                       
Residential mortgage loans:
                                       
One- to four-family
  $ 862,311       794,989       452,295       1,063,616       995,753  
FHA
                      274       567  
Commercial
    120,546                          
Multi-family
          100,000             200,914        
Consumer and other loans:
                                       
Home equity loans
    69,044                          
Home equity credit lines
    18,302                          
Other
                             
 
                             
Total consumer and other loans
    87,346                          
 
                                     
Total loan purchases
    1,070,203       894,989       452,295       1,264,804       996,320  
 
                             
Loan principal repayments
    (1,786,658 )     (1,743,647 )     (882,200 )     (1,190,114 )     (599,547 )
 
                             
Other items, net(1)
    (44,245 )     (37,417 )     (12,105 )     (35,598 )     (9,142 )
Net loans acquired in acquisition
          470,775             470,775        
 
                             
Net increase in loan portfolio
  $ 1,302,246     $ 997,274     $ 472,290     $ 1,473,019     $ 1,045,152  
 
                             
 
(1)   Other items include charge-offs, loan loss provisions, loans transferred to other real estate owned, and amortization and accretion of deferred fees and costs and discounts and premiums.
     Loan Approval Procedures and Authority. Our lending activities follow written, non-discriminatory underwriting standards and loan origination procedures established by our Board of Directors. In the approval process for residential loans we assess the borrower’s ability to repay the loan and the value of the property securing the loan. To assess the borrower’s ability to repay, we review the borrower’s income and expenses and employment and credit history. In the case of commercial real estate loans we also review projected income, expenses and the viability of the project being financed. We generally require appraisals of all real property securing loans, except for home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, in which case we may use the tax-assessed value of the property securing such loan or a lesser form of valuation, such as a home value estimator or by a drive-by value estimated performed by an approved appraisal company. Appraisals are performed by independent licensed appraisers who are approved by our Board of Directors. We require borrowers, except for home equity loans and home equity lines of credit, to obtain title insurance. All real estate secured loans require fire and casualty insurance and, if warranted, flood insurance in amounts at least equal to the principal amount of the loan or the maximum amount available.
     Our loan approval policies and limits are also established by our Board of Directors. All residential mortgage loans including home equity loans and home equity lines of credit up to $250,000 may be approved by loan underwriters, provided the loan meets all of our underwriting guidelines. If the loan does not meet all of our underwriting guidelines, but can be considered for approval because of other compensating factors, the loan must be approved by an authorized member of management. Residential mortgage loans in excess of $250,000 and up to $1,000,000 must be approved by an authorized member of management. Residential mortgage loans in excess of $1,000,000 and up to $1,500,000 must be approved by three authorized members of management. Residential

9


Table of Contents

mortgage loans in excess of $1,500,000 and up to $3,000,000 must be approved by three authorized members of management, one of whom must be an Executive Officer.
     All commercial real estate, multi-family and construction loan requests or total credit relationships in an amount up to $3,000,000 may be approved by the Chief Lending Officer. All commercial real estate loan requests or total credit relationships in excess of $3,000,000 and up to $5,000,000 must be approved by any two of the following — the Chief Lending Officer and the Chief Operating Officer or the Chief Executive Officer. All loan requests or total credit relationships in excess of $5,000,000 must be approved by the Commercial Loan Committee, consisting of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Lending Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President- Retail Banking and the Senior Vice President- Lending.
     All business loans in an amount up to $1,500,000 must be approved by the Vice President, Business Lending, Chief Lending Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Chief Executive Officer. All loan requests or total credit relationships in excess of $1,500,000 and up to $3,000,000 must be approved by the Vice President, Business Lending and the Chief Lending Officer, Chief Operating Officer or Chief Executive Officer. All loan requests or total credit relationships in excess of $3,000,000 and up to $5,000,000 must be approved by the Vice President, Business Lending and two of the following — Chief Lending Officer and the Chief Operating Officer or the Chief Executive Officer. All loan requests or total credit relationships in excess of $5,000,000 must be approved the Commercial Loan Committee, consisting of the Chief Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Lending Officer, Chief Financial Officer, Executive Vice President- Retail Banking and the Senior Vice President- Lending.
     Loans to One Borrower. The Bank’s regulatory limit on total loans to any borrower or attributed to any one borrower is 15% of unimpaired capital and surplus. As of December 31, 2010, the regulatory lending limit was $122.8 million. The Bank’s internal policy limit is $60.0 million, with the option to exceed that limit with the Board of Directors’ approval, on total loans to a borrower or related borrowers. The Bank reviews these group exposures on a monthly basis. The Bank also sets additional limits on size of loans by loan type. At December 31, 2010, the Bank’s largest relationship with an individual borrower and its related entities was $68.0 million, consisting of a multi-family loan, a construction loan on an apartment rental project and a commercial line of credit on properties located in the State of New Jersey. The relationship was approved by the Board of Directors and was performing in accordance with contractual terms as of December 31, 2010.
Asset Quality
     One of the Bank’s key operating objectives has been, and continues to be, maintaining a high level of asset quality. The Bank maintains sound credit standards for new loan originations and purchases. We do not originate or purchase sub-prime loans, negative amortization loans or option ARM loans. In addition, the Bank uses proactive collection and workout processes in dealing with delinquent and problem loans.
     The underlying credit quality of our loan portfolio is dependent primarily on each borrower’s ability to continue to make required loan payments and, in the event a borrower is unable to continue to do so, the value of the collateral securing the loan, if any. A borrower’s ability to pay typically is dependent, in the case of one-to-four family mortgage loans and consumer loans, primarily on employment and other sources of income, and in the case of multi-family and commercial real estate loans, on the cash flow generated by the property, which in turn is impacted by general economic conditions. Other factors, such as unanticipated expenditures or changes in the financial markets, may also impact a borrower’s ability to pay. Collateral values, particularly real estate values, are also impacted by a variety of factors including general economic conditions, demographics, maintenance and collection or foreclosure delays.
     Collection Procedures. We send system-generated reminder notices to start collection efforts when a loan becomes fifteen days past due. Subsequent late charge and delinquency notices are sent and the account is monitored on a regular basis thereafter. Direct contact with the borrower is attempted early in the collection process as a courtesy reminder and later to determine the reason for the delinquency and to safeguard our collateral. We provide the Board of Directors with a summary report of loans 30 days or more past due on a monthly basis. When a loan is more than 60 days past due, the credit file is reviewed and, if deemed necessary, information is updated or confirmed and collateral re-evaluated. We make every effort to contact the borrower and develop a plan of repayment to cure the delinquency. Loans are placed on non-accrual status when they are 90 days delinquent, but may be placed on non-accrual status earlier if the timely collection of principal and/or income is doubtful. When loans are placed on non-accrual status, unpaid accrued interest is fully reserved, and additional income is recognized in the period collected unless the ultimate collection of principal is considered doubtful. If our effort to cure the delinquency fails and a repayment plan is not in place, the file is referred to counsel for commencement of foreclosure or other collection efforts. We also own loans serviced by other entities and we monitor delinquencies on such loans using reports the servicers send to us. When we receive these past due reports, we review the data and contact the servicer to discuss the specific loans and the status of the collection process. We add the information from the servicer’s delinquent loan reports to our own delinquent reports and provide a full summary report monthly to our Board of Directors.
     Our collection procedure for non mortgage related consumer and other loans includes sending periodic late notices to a borrower once a loan is past due. We attempt to make direct contact with the borrower once a loan becomes 30 days past due. The Collection Manager reviews loans 60 days or more delinquent on a regular basis. If collection activity is unsuccessful after 90 days, we may refer

10


Table of Contents

the matter to our legal counsel for further collection efforts or we may charge-off the loan. Non real estate related consumer loans that are considered uncollectible are proposed for charge-off by the Collection Manager on a monthly basis.
     Delinquent Loans. The following table sets forth our loan delinquencies by type and by amount at the dates indicated.
                                                 
    Loans Delinquent For        
    60-89 Days     90 Days and Over     Total  
    Number     Amount     Number     Amount     Number     Amount  
                    (Dollars in thousands)                  
At December 31, 2010
                                               
Residential mortgage loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
    33     $ 11,664       220     $ 70,389       253     $ 82,053  
FHA
    2       226       23       3,261       25       3,487  
 
                                   
Total residential mortgage loans
    35       11,890       243       73,650       278       85,540  
Multi-family
    3       12,898       3       2,748       6       15,646  
Commercial
    1       502       8       3,899       9       4,401  
Construction loans
    1       7,850       26       82,735       27       90,585  
Commercial and industrial
    2       640       5       1,829       7       2,469  
Consumer and other loans:
                                               
Home equity loans
    3       8       11       507       14       515  
Home equity credit lines
    1       188       3       518       4       706  
Other
                6       8       6       8  
 
                                   
Total consumer and other loans
    4       196       20       1,033       24       1,229  
 
                                   
Total
    46     $ 33,976       305     $ 165,894       351     $ 199,870  
 
                                   
At December 31, 2009
                                               
Residential mortgage loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
    47     $ 13,273       143     $ 47,582       190     $ 60,855  
FHA
    4       384       19       2,507       23       2,891  
 
                                   
Total residential mortgage loans
    51       13,657       162       50,089       213       63,746  
Multi-family
                4       553       4       553  
Commercial
                  10       3,417       10       3,417  
Construction loans
    3       19,056       21       53,468       24       72,524  
Commercial and industrial
    3       734                   3       734  
Consumer and other loans:
                                               
Home equity loans
                4       81       4       81  
Home equity credit lines
    5       191       11       1,074       16       1,265  
Other
    7       7       8       11       15       18  
 
                                   
Total consumer and other loans
    12       198       23       1,166       35       1,364  
 
                                   
Total
    69     $ 33,645       220     $ 108,693       289     $ 142,338  
 
                                   
At June 30, 2009
                                               
Residential mortgage loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
    30     $ 8,165       82     $ 27,837       112     $ 36,002  
FHA
    6       721       15       1,904       21       2,625  
 
                                   
Total residential mortgage loans
    36       8,886       97       29,741       133       38,627  
Multi-family
    1       181       6       20,074       7       20,255  
Commercial
    3       784       6       2,820       9       3,604  
Construction loans
    3       11,263       17       58,550       20       69,813  
Commercial and industrial
                                   
Consumer and other loans:
                                               
Home equity loans
    1       2       2       60       3       62  
Home equity credit lines
    4       659       3       150       7       809  
Other
    4       4       10       15       14       19  
 
                                   
Total consumer and other loans
    9       665       15       225       24       890  
 
                                   
Total
    52     $ 21,779       141     $ 111,410       193     $ 133,189  
 
                                   
At June 30, 2008
                                               
Residential mortgage loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
    8     $ 1,608       18     $ 5,060       26     $ 6,668  
FHA
    1       66       15       1,631       16       1,697  
 
                                   
Total residential mortgage loans
    9       1,674       33       6,691       42       8,365  
Multi-family and commercial
                4       1,600       4       1,600  
Construction loans
    1       10,960                   1       10,960  
Consumer and other loans:
                                               
Home equity loans
                3       88       3       88  
Home equity credit lines
                1       30       1       30  
Other
    2       2       2       2       4       4  
 
                                   
Total consumer and other loans
    2       2       6       120       8       122  
 
                                   
Total
    12     $ 12,636       43     $ 8,411       55     $ 21,047  
 
                                   

11


Table of Contents

     Non-Performing Assets. Non-performing assets include non-accrual loans, mortgage loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing interest and real estate owned, or REO. We did not have any mortgage loans delinquent 90 days or more and still accruing interest at December 31, 2010. At December 31, 2010, we had REO of $976,000 consisting of two properties. Non-performing loans increased $45.7 million to $165.9 million at December 31, 2010, from $120.2 million at December 31, 2009. Although we have resolved a number of non-performing loans, the continued deterioration of the housing and real estate markets, as well as the overall weakness in the economy, continue to impact our non-performing loans. As a geographically concentrated residential lender, we have been affected by negative consequences arising from the ongoing economic recession and, in particular, the sharp downturn in the housing industry, as well as economic and housing industry weaknesses in the New Jersey/New York metropolitan area. We are particularly vulnerable to the impact of a severe job loss recession. We continue to closely monitor the local and regional real estate markets and other factors related to risks inherent in our loan portfolio. The ratio of non-performing loans to total loans increased to 2.08% at December 31, 2010, from 1.81% at December 31, 2009. Our ratio of non-performing assets to total assets increased to 1.74% at December 31, 2010, from 1.44% at December 31, 2009. The allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total non-performing loans increased to 54.81% at December 31, 2010, from 45.80% at December 31, 2009. For further discussion of our non-performing assets and non-performing loans and the allowance for loan losses, see Item 7, “Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
     The table below sets forth the amounts and categories of our non-performing assets at the dates indicated.
                                                 
    December 31,     December 31,     June 30,  
    2010     2009(1)     2009(2)     2008(3)     2007     2006  
            (Dollars in thousands)                  
Non-accrual loans:
                                               
Residential mortgage loans:
                                               
One- to four-family
  $ 70,389     $ 47,582     $ 27,837     $ 5,060     $ 2,220     $ 1,346  
FHA
    3,261       2,507       1,904       1,631       1,300       1,440  
 
                                   
Total residential mortgage loans
    73,650       50,089       29,741       6,691       3,520       2,786  
Multi-family and commercial
    6,647       3,970       22,894       1,600       452       477  
Construction loans
    82,735       64,968       68,826       10,960       1,146        
Commercial and industrial
    1,829                                
Consumer and other loans:
                                               
Home equity loans
    507       81       60       88       28       6  
Home equity credit lines
    518       1,074       150       30             30  
Other
    8       11       15       2       3        
 
                                   
Total consumer and other loans
    1,033       1,166       225       120       31       36  
 
                                   
Total
    165,894       120,193       121,686       19,371       5,149       3,299  
 
                                   
Total non-performing loans
    165,894       120,193       121,686       19,371       5,149       3,299  
Real estate owned
    976                                
 
                                   
Total non-performing assets
  $ 166,870     $ 120,193     $ 121,686     $ 19,371     $ 5,149     $ 3,299  
 
                                   
Total non-performing loans to total loans
    2.08 %     1.81 %     1.97 %     0.42 %     0.14 %     0.11 %
 
                                   
Total non-performing loans to total assets
    1.73 %     1.44 %     1.50 %     0.30 %     0.09 %     0.06 %
 
                                   
Total non-performing assets to total assets
    1.74 %     1.44 %     1.50 %     0.30 %     0.09 %     0.06 %
 
                                   
 
(1)   An $11.5 million construction loan that was 60-89 days delinquent at December 31, 2009 was classified as non-performing.
 
(2)   Two construction loans totaling $10.3 million were 60-89 days delinquent at June 30, 2009 were classified as non-performing.
 
(3)   An $11.0 million construction loan that is 60-89 days delinquent at June 30, 2008 is classified as non-performing.
     At December 31, 2010, we had $4.8 million of residential mortgage loans identified as trouble debt restructurings, which were performing in accordance with restructured terms.

12


Table of Contents

     For the year ended December 31, 2010, interest income that would have been recorded had our non-accruing loans been current in accordance with their original terms amounted to $8.1 million. We recognized interest income of $1.9 million on such loans for the year ended December 31, 2010.
     Real Estate Owned. Real estate we acquire as a result of foreclosure or by deed in lieu of foreclosure is classified as real estate owned until sold. When property is acquired it is recorded at fair market value at the date of foreclosure, establishing a new cost basis. Holding costs and declines in fair value result in charges to expense after acquisition. At December 31, 2010, we had REO of $976,000 consisting of two properties. At December 31, 2009, June 30, 2009, 2008, 2007 and 2006, we held no real estate owned.
     Classified Assets. Federal regulations provide that loans and other assets of lesser quality should be classified as “substandard,” “doubtful” or “loss” assets. An asset is considered “substandard” if it is inadequately protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor or of the collateral pledged, if any. “Substandard” assets include those characterized by the “distinct possibility” we will sustain “some loss” if the deficiencies are not corrected. Assets classified as “doubtful” have all of the weaknesses inherent in those classified “substandard,” with the added characteristic the weaknesses present make “collection or liquidation in full,” on the basis of currently existing facts, conditions, and values, “highly questionable and improbable.” Assets classified as “loss” are those considered “un-collectible” and of such little value their continuance as assets without the establishment of a specific loss reserve is not warranted. We classify an asset as “special mention” if the asset has a potential weakness that warrants management’s close attention. While such assets are not impaired, management has concluded that if the potential weakness in the asset is not addressed, the value of the asset may deteriorate, adversely affecting the repayment of the asset.
     We are required to establish an allowance for loan losses in an amount that management considers prudent for loans classified substandard or doubtful, as well as for other problem loans. General allowances represent loss allowances which have been established to recognize the inherent losses associated with lending activities, but which, unlike specific allowances, have not been allocated to particular problem assets. When we classify problem assets as “loss,” we are required either to establish a specific allowance for losses equal to 100% of the amount of the asset so classified or to charge off such amount. Our determination as to the classification of our assets and the amount of our valuation allowances is subject to review by the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation, which can require that we establish additional general or specific loss allowances.
     We review the loan portfolio on a quarterly basis to determine whether any loans require classification in accordance with applicable regulations. Not all classified assets constitute non-performing assets.
     Impaired Loans. The Company defines an impaired loan as a loan for which it is probable, based on current information, that the lender will not collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. Loans we individually classify as impaired include commercial real estate, multi-family or construction loans with an outstanding balance greater than $3.0 million and on non-accrual status. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the collateral or the present value of the expected future cash flows. A valuation allowance is established when it is determined there is a shortfall. At December 31, 2010, loans meeting the Company’s definition of an impaired loan totaled $69.3 million. The allowance for loan losses related to loans classified as impaired at December 31, 2010, amounted to $5.0 million. Interest income received during the year ended December 31, 2010 on loans classified as impaired was $206,000. For further detail on our impaired loans, see Note 1 and Note 5 of Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements in Item 8, “Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.”
Allowance for Loan Losses
     Our allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level necessary to absorb loan losses that are both probable and reasonably estimable. In determining the allowance for loan losses, management considers the losses inherent in our loan portfolio and changes in the nature and volume of loan activities, along with the general economic and real estate market conditions. A description of our methodology in establishing our allowance for loan losses is set forth in the section “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Critical Accounting Policies — Allowance for Loan Losses.” The allowance for loan losses as of December 31, 2010 is maintained at a level that represents management’s best estimate of losses inherent in the loan portfolio. However, this analysis process is subjective, as it requires us to make estimates that are susceptible to revisions as more information becomes available. Although we believe we have established the allowance at levels to absorb probable and estimable losses, future additions may be necessary if economic or other conditions in the future differ from the current environment.
     Furthermore, as an integral part of their examination processes, the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation will periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require us to recognize additions to the allowance based on their judgments of information available to them at the time of their examination.

13


Table of Contents

     Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth activity in our allowance for loan losses for the periods indicated.
                                                 
            Six Months Ended        
    December 31,     December 31,     June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006  
                (Dollars in thousands)              
Allowance balance (beginning of period)
  $ 55,052     $ 46,608     $ 13,565     $ 6,951     $ 6,369     $ 5,723  
Provision for loan losses
    66,500       23,425       29,025       6,646       729       600  
Charge-offs:
                                               
Residential mortgage loans One- to four-family
    6,432       1,587             18              
FHA
          4       14             141       143  
 
                                   
Total residential mortgage loans
    6,432       1,591       14       18       141       143  
Multi-family and commercial loans
    927                                
Construction loans
    23,160       13,411                          
Commercial & industrial loans
    269                                
Consumer and other loans
    41       23       11       15       10       10  
 
                                   
Total charge-offs
    30,829       15,025       25       33       151       153  
 
                                   
Recoveries:
                                               
Residential mortgage loans
                                               
One- to four-family
    124                                
FHA
          44                         196  
 
                                   
Total residential mortgage loans
    124       44                         196  
Multi-family and commercial loans
                                   
Construction loans
    83                                
Commercial & industrial loans
                                   
Consumer and other loans
    1                   1       4       3  
 
                                   
Total recoveries
    208       44             1       4       199  
 
                                   
Net (charge-offs) recoveries
    (30,621 )     (14,981 )     (25 )     (32 )     (147 )     46  
Allowance acquired in acquisition
                4,043                    
 
                                   
Allowance balance (end of period)
  $ 90,931     $ 55,052     $ 46,608     $ 13,565     $ 6,951     $ 6,369  
 
                                   
Total loans outstanding
  $ 7,994,859     $ 6,652,127     $ 6,171,716     $ 4,663,713     $ 3,610,320     $ 2,983,242  
Average loans outstanding
  $ 7,197,608     $ 6,370,350     $ 5,482,009     $ 4,043,398     $ 3,305,807     $ 2,462,270  
Allowance for loan losses as a percent of total loans outstanding
    1.14 %     0.83 %     0.76 %     0.29 %     0.19 %     0.21 %
Net loans charged off as a percent of average loans outstanding
    0.43 %     0.24 %     %     %     %     %
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
    54.81 %     45.80 %     38.30 %     70.03 %     135.00 %     193.06 %
     Allocation of Allowance for Loan Losses. The following table sets forth the allowance for loan losses allocated by loan category and the percent of loans in each category to total loans at the dates indicated. The allowance for loan losses allocated to each category is not necessarily indicative of future losses in any particular category and does not restrict the use of the allowance to absorb losses in other categories.
                                                                 
    December 31,     June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
            Percent of             Percent of             Percent of             Percent of  
            Loans in             Loans in             Loans in             Loans in  
    Allowance     Each     Allowance     Each     Allowance     Each     Allowance     Each  
    for Loan     Category to     for Loan     Category to     for Loan     Category to     for Loan     Category to  
    Losses     Total Loans     Losses     Total Loans     Losses     Total Loans     Losses     Total Loans  
                      (Dollars in thousands)                    
End of period allocated to:
                                                               
Residential mortgage loans
  $ 20,489       61.78 %   $ 13,741       71.76 %   $ 10,841       76.30 %   $ 4,585       85.97 %
Multi-family
    10,454       14.53 %     3,227       9.21 %     1,518       7.82 %     223       1.77 %
Commercial
    16,432       15.33 %     10,208       10.97 %     6,223       7.02 %     1,454       3.06 %
Construction loans
    34,669       4.35 %     25,194       5.03 %     23,437       5.62 %     4,836       5.58 %
Commercial and industrial
    2,189       0.76 %     558       0.35 %     351       0.25 %           %
Consumer and other loans
    866       3.25 %     510       2.68 %     459       2.99 %     254       3.62 %
Unallocated
    5,832               1,614               3,779               2,213          
 
                                                       
Total allowance
  $ 90,931       100.00 %   $ 55,052       100.00 %   $ 46,608       100.00 %   $ 13,565       100.00 %
 
                                                       

14


Table of Contents

                                 
    June 30,  
    2007     2006  
            Percent of             Percent of  
            Loans in             Loans in  
    Allowance     Each     Allowance     Each  
    for Loan     Category to     for Loan     Category to  
    Losses     Total Loans     Losses     Total Loans  
          (Dollars in thousands)        
End of period allocated to:
                               
Residential mortgage loans
  $ 3,444       88.14 %   $ 2,910       90.33 %
Multi-family and commercial
    956       3.03 %     1,591       2.65 %
Construction loans
    1,896       4.25 %     820       2.22 %
Consumer and other loans
    247       4.58 %     354       4.80 %
Unallocated
    408               694          
 
                           
Total allowance
  $ 6,951       100.00 %   $ 6,369       100.00 %
 
                           
Security Investments
     The Board of Directors has adopted our Investment Policy. This policy determines the types of securities in which we may invest. The Investment Policy is reviewed annually by management and changes to the policy are recommended to and subject to approval by the Board of Directors. The Board of Directors delegates operational responsibility for the implementation of the Investment Policy to the Interest Rate Risk Committee, which is comprised of senior officers. While general investment strategies are developed by the Interest Rate Risk Committee, the execution of specific actions rests primarily with our Chief Financial Officer. He is responsible for ensuring the guidelines and requirements included in the Investment Policy are followed and all securities are considered prudent for investment. He or his designee is authorized to execute transactions that fall within the scope of the established Investment Policy. Investment transactions are reviewed and ratified by the Board of Directors at their regularly scheduled meetings.
     Our Investment Policy requires that investment transactions conform to Federal and New Jersey State investment regulations. Our investments include U.S. Treasury obligations, securities issued by various Federal Agencies, mortgage-backed securities, certain certificates of deposit of insured financial institutions, overnight and short-term loans to other banks, investment grade corporate debt instruments, and Fannie Mae and Freddie Mac equity securities. In addition, Investors Bancorp may invest in equity securities subject to certain limitations.
     The Investment Policy requires that securities transactions be conducted in a safe and sound manner. Purchase and sale decisions are based upon a thorough analysis of each security to determine it conforms to our overall asset/liability management objectives. The analysis must consider its effect on our risk-based capital measurement, prospects for yield and/or appreciation and other risk factors.
     At December 31, 2010, our securities portfolio totaled $1.08 billion representing 11.3% of our total assets. Securities are classified as held-to-maturity or available-for-sale when purchased. At December 31, 2010, $478.5 million of our securities were classified as held-to-maturity and reported at amortized cost and $602.7 million were classified as available-for-sale and reported at fair value.
     Mortgage-Backed Securities. We purchase mortgage-backed pass through and collateralized mortgage obligation (“CMO”) securities insured or guaranteed by Fannie Mae, Freddie Mac (government-sponsored enterprises) and Ginnie Mae (government agency), and to a lesser extent, a variety of federal and state housing authorities (collectively referred to below as “agency-issued mortgage-backed securities”). At December 31, 2010, agency-issued mortgage-backed securities including CMOs, totaled $949.1 million, or 87.8%, of our total securities portfolio.
     Mortgage-backed pass through securities are created by pooling mortgages and issuing a security with an interest rate less than the interest rate on the underlying mortgages. Mortgage-backed pass through securities represent a participation interest in a pool of single-family or multi-family mortgages. As loan payments are made by the borrowers, the principal and interest portion of the payment is passed through to the investor as received. CMOs are also backed by mortgages; however, they differ from mortgage-backed pass through securities because the principal and interest payments of the underlying mortgages are financially engineered to be paid to the security holders of pre-determined classes or tranches of these securities at a faster or slower pace. The receipt of these principal and interest payments which depends on the proposed average life for each class is contingent on a prepayment speed assumption assigned to the underlying mortgages. Variances between the assumed payment speed and actual payments can significantly alter the average lives of such securities. To quantify and mitigate this risk, we undertake a payment analysis before purchasing these securities. We invest in CMO classes or tranches in which the payments on the underlying mortgages are passed along at a pace fast enough to provide an average life of two to four years with no change in market interest rates. The issuers of such securities, as noted above, pool and sell participation interests in security form to investors such as Investors Savings Bank and guarantee the payment of principal and interest. Mortgage-backed securities and CMOs generally yield less than the loans that

15


Table of Contents

underlie such securities because of the cost of payment guarantees and credit enhancements. However, mortgage-backed securities are usually more liquid than individual mortgage loans and may be used to collateralize borrowings and other liabilities.
     Mortgage-backed securities present a risk that actual prepayments may differ from estimated prepayments over the life of the security, which may require adjustments to the amortization of any premium or accretion of any discount relating to such instruments that can change the net yield on such securities. There is also reinvestment risk associated with the cash flows from such securities or if such securities are redeemed by the issuer. In addition, the market value of such securities may be adversely affected by changes in interest rates.
     Our mortgage-backed securities portfolio had a weighted average yield of 4.1% at December 31, 2010. The estimated fair value of our mortgage-backed securities at December 31, 2010 was $1.04 billion, which is $19.3 million greater than the amortized cost of $1.02 billion.
     We also invest in securities issued by non-agency or private mortgage originators, provided those securities are rated AAA by nationally recognized rating agencies at the time of purchase. Our non-agency mortgage-backed securities are not guaranteed by GSE entities and complied with the investment and credit standards set forth in the investment policy of the Company at the time of purchase. At December 31, 2010, the significant portion of the portfolio was comprised of 23 non-agency mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $78.1 million and an estimated fair value of $77.7 million. These securities were originated in the period 2002-2004 and substantially all are performing in accordance with contractual terms. For securities with larger decreases in fair values, management estimates the loss projections for each security by stressing the individual loans collateralizing the security with a range of expected default rates, loss severities, and prepayment speeds, in conjunction with the underlying credit enhancement (if applicable) for each security. Based on those specific assumptions, a range of possible cash flows were identified to determine whether other-than-temporary impairment existed as of December 31, 2010. Under certain stress scenarios estimated future losses may arise. Management determined that no additional other-than-temporary impairment existed as of December 31, 2010.
     Corporate and Other Debt Securities. Our corporate and other debt securities portfolio consists of collateralized debt obligations (CDOs) backed by pooled trust preferred securities (TruPS), principally issued by banks (80.6%) and to a lesser extent insurance companies (17.5%) and real estate investment trusts (1.9%). The interest rates on these securities reset quarterly in relation to the 3 month Libor rate. These securities have been classified in the held to maturity portfolio since their purchase and the Company has the ability and intent to hold these securities until maturity.
     At December 31, 2010, the portfolio consisted of 33 securities with an amortized cost of $23.6 million and a fair value of $41.3 million. Only two of the 33 securities maintain an investment grade (BAA and higher). For December 31, 2010, we engaged an independent valuation firm to value our TruPS portfolio and prepare our OTTI analysis. The valuation firm assisted us in evaluating the credit and performance for each remaining issuer to derive probabilities and assumptions for default, recovery and prepayment/amortization for the expected cashflows for each security. At December 31, 2010, management deemed that there was no deterioration in projected discounted cashflows since the prior period for each of its TruPS and did not recognize an OTTI charge for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company has no intent to sell, nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell, the debt securities before the recovery of their amortized cost basis or maturity.
     At December 31, 2008, we recorded a pre-tax $156.7 million other-than-temporary impairment, or OTTI, charge to reduce the carrying amount of our investment bank pooled trust preferred securities to the securities’ market values totaling $20.7 million. The decision to recognize the OTTI charge was based on the severity of the decline in the market values of these securities at that time and the unlikelihood of any near-term market value recovery. The significant decline in the market value occurred primarily as a result of deteriorating national economic conditions, rapidly increasing amounts of non-accrual and delinquent loans at some of the underlying issuing banks, and credit rating downgrades by Moody’s.
     The Company adopted ASC 320, “Recognition and Presentation of Other-Than-Temporary Impairments,” which was incorporated into ASC 320, “Investments — Debt and Equity Securities,” on April 1, 2009. Under this guidance, the difference between the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected and the amortized cost basis is deemed to be the credit loss. The present value of the expected cash flows is calculated based on the contractual terms of each security, and is discounted at a rate equal to the effective interest rate implicit in the security at the date of acquisition. The guidance also required management to determine the amount of any previously recorded OTTI charges on the TruPS that were related to credit and all other non-credit factors. In accordance with ASC 320, management considered the deteriorating financial condition of the U.S. banking sector, the credit rating downgrades, the accelerating pace of banks deferring or defaulting on their trust preferred debt, and the increasing amounts of non-accrual and delinquent loans at the underlying issuing banks. The aforementioned analysis was incorporated into the present value of the cash flows expected to be collected for each of these securities and management determined that $35.6 million of the previously recorded pre-tax OTTI charge was due to other non-credit factors and, in accordance with ASC 320, the Company recognized a cumulative effect of initially applying ASC 320 as a $21.1 million after-tax adjustment to retained earnings with a corresponding adjustment to AOCI. At June 30, 2009, the Company recorded an additional $1.3 million pre-tax credit related OTTI charge on these securities.

16


Table of Contents

     We continue to closely monitor the performance of the securities we own as well as the events surrounding this segment of the market. The Company will continue to evaluate for other-than-temporary impairment, which could result in a future non-cash charge to earnings.
     Government Sponsored Enterprises. At December 31, 2010, bonds issued by Government Sponsored Enterprises held in our security portfolio totaled $15.2 million representing 1.4% of our total securities portfolio. While these securities may generally provide lower yields than other securities in our securities portfolio, we hold for liquidity purposes, as collateral for certain borrowings, to achieve positive interest rate spreads with minimal administrative expense, and to lower our credit risk as a result of the guarantees provided by these issuers.
     Marketable Equity Securities. At December 31, 2010, we had $2.2 million in equity securities representing 0.2% of our total securities portfolio. Equity securities are not insured or guaranteed investments and are affected by market interest rates and stock market fluctuations. Such investments (when held) are carried at their fair value and fluctuations in the fair value of such investments, including temporary declines in value, directly affect our net capital position.
     Securities Portfolios. The following table sets forth the composition of our investment securities portfolios at the dates indicated.
                                                                 
    At December 31,     At June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
    Amortized     Estimated     Amortized     Estimated     Amortized     Estimated     Amortized     Estimated  
    Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value     Cost     Fair Value  
                      (In thousands)                    
Available-for-sale:
                                                               
Equity securities
  $ 2,025     $ 2,232     $ 1,832     $ 2,053     $ 1,583     $ 1,598     $ 6,655     $ 6,514  
GSE debt securities
                25,013       25,039       30,051       30,079              
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                                               
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
    248,403       248,335       206,877       209,522       151,450       152,718       51,256       51,197  
Federal National Mortgage Association
    306,745       308,957       158,678       160,427       94,967       96,617       49,393       49,364  
Government National Mortgage Association
    9,202       9,445       10,504       10,450       275       300              
Non-agency securities
    34,640       33,764       67,290       63,752       80,523       73,704       101,555       95,957  
 
                                               
Total mortgage-backed securities available for sale
    598,990       600,501       443,349       444,151       327,215       323,339       202,204       196,518  
 
                                               
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 601,015     $ 602,733     $ 470,194     $ 471,243     $ 358,849     $ 355,016     $ 208,859     $ 203,032  
 
                                               
Held-to-maturity:
                                                               
Debt securities:
                                                               
Government Sponsored Enterprises
  $ 15,200     $ 15,446     $ 15,226     $ 15,956     $ 18,238     $ 19,161     $ 46,703     $ 47,052  
Municipal bonds
    13,951       13,907       10,259       10,451       10,420       10,624       10,574       10,773  
Corporate and other debt securities
    23,552       41,289       21,411       37,809       20,727       20,129       178,669       135,527  
 
                                               
 
    52,703       70,642       46,896       64,216       49,385       49,914       235,946       193,352  
 
                                               
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                                               
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
    210,544       218,230       358,998       369,404       429,969       440,088       551,708       544,834  
Government National Mortgage Association
    3,243       3,530       3,880       4,157       4,269       4,617       5,052       5,322  
Federal National Mortgage Association
    166,251       175,456       236,109       245,353       278,272       286,820       354,493       351,003  
Federal housing authorities
    2,324       2,476       2,549       2,780       2,654       2,908       2,849       3,077  
Non-agency securities
    43,471       43,889       69,009       67,495       81,494       76,955       105,006       100,465  
 
                                               
Total mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
    425,833       443,581       670,545       689,189       796,658       811,388       1,019,108       1,004,701  
 
                                               
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 478,536     $ 514,233     $ 717,441     $ 753,405     $ 846,043     $ 861,302     $ 1,255,054     $ 1,198,053  
 
                                               
Total securities
  $ 1,079,551     $ 1,116,956     $ 1,187,635     $ 1,224,648     $ 1,204,892     $ 1,216,318     $ 1,463,913     $ 1,401,085  
 
                                               
     At December 31, 2010, we had no investment in the securities of any issuer that had an aggregate book value in excess of 10% of our equity.

17


Table of Contents

     Portfolio Maturities and Yields. The composition and maturities of the securities portfolio at December 31, 2010 are summarized in the following table. Maturities are based on the final contractual payment dates, and do not reflect the impact of prepayments or early redemptions that may occur. State and municipal securities yields have not been adjusted to a tax-equivalent basis.
                                                                                         
                    More than One Year     More than Five Years              
    One Year or Less     through Five Years     through Ten Years     More than Ten Years     Total Securities  
            Weighted             Weighted             Weighted             Weighted                     Weighted  
    Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized     Average     Amortized             Average  
    Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Yield     Cost     Fair Value     Yield  
                            (Dollars in thousands)                          
Available-for-Sale:
                                                                                       
Equity securities
  $       %   $       %   $       %   $ 2,025       %   $ 2,025     $ 2,232       %
GSE debt securities
          %           %           %           %                 %
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                                                                       
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
          %     2,556       4.00 %     62,831       3.68 %     183,016       4.10 %     248,403       248,335       3.99 %
Government National Mortgage Association
          %           %           %     9,202       4.00 %     9,202       9,445       4.00 %
Federal National Mortgage Association
          %     8,914       4.05 %     238,262       3.54 %     59,569       4.05 %     306,745       308,957       3.65 %
Non-agency securities
          %           %     21,006       4.55 %     13,634       3.74 %     34,640       33,764       4.23 %
 
                                                                           
Total mortgage-backed securities
  $       %     11,470       4.04 %     322,099       3.64 %     265,421       3.93 %     598,990       600,501       3.83 %
 
                                                                           
Total securities available-for- sale
  $       %   $ 11,470       4.04 %   $ 322,099       3.64 %   $ 267,446       3.90 %   $ 601,015     $ 602,733       3.82 %
 
                                                                           
Held-to-Maturity:
                                                                                       
Debt securities:
                                                                                       
Government sponsored enterprises
  $ 15,000       4.50 %   $       %   $ 200       1.25 %   $       %   $ 15,200     $ 15,446       4.46 %
Municipal bonds
    5,049       2.13 %     3,752       6.88 %     20       7.17 %     5,130       9.08 %     13,951       13,907       5.97 %
Corporate and other debt securities
          %           %           %     23,552       1.83       23,552       41,289       1.83 %
 
                                                                           
 
    20,049       3.90 %     3,752       6.88 %     220       1.79 %     28,682       3.13 %     52,703       70,642       3.68 %
 
                                                                           
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                                                                       
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
          %     6,252       4.00 %     115,543       4.24 %     88,749       4.08 %     210,544       218,230       4.16 %
Government National Mortgage Association
          %           %     3       9.50 %     3,240       7.24 %     3,243       3,530       7.24 %
Federal National Mortgage Association
          %     80       7.50 %     82,317       4.66 %     83,854       4.64 %     166,251       175,456       4.65 %
Federal and state housing authorities
          %     1,478       8.88 %     846       8.90 %           %     2,324       2,476       8.88 %
Non-agency securities
                              40,362       4.88 %     3,109       2.70 %     43,471       43,889       4.72 %
 
                                                                           
Total mortgage-backed securities
          %     7,810       4.96 %     239,071       4.51 %     178,952       4.37 %     425,833       443,581       4.46 %
 
                                                                           
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 20,049       3.90 %   $ 11,562       5.59 %   $ 239,291       4.51 %   $ 207,634       4.20 %   $ 478,536     $ 514,223       4.35 %
 
                                                                           
Sources of Funds
     General. Deposits, primarily certificates of deposit, had traditionally been the primary source of funds used for our lending and investment activities. Our strategy is to increase core deposit growth to fund these activities. In addition, we use a significant amount of borrowings, primarily advances from the Federal Home Loan Bank (“FHLB”); to supplement cash flow needs, to lengthen the maturities of liabilities for interest rate risk management and to manage our cost of funds. Additional sources of funds include principal and interest payments from loans and securities, loan and security prepayments and maturities, brokered certificates of deposit, income on other earning assets and retained earnings. While cash flows from loans and securities payments can be relatively stable sources of funds, deposit inflows and outflows can vary widely and are influenced by prevailing interest rates, market conditions and levels of competition.
     Deposits. At December 31, 2010, we held $6.77 billion in total deposits, representing 77.9% of our total liabilities. Historically we have emphasized a more wholesale strategy for generating funds, in particular, by offering high cost certificates of deposit. At December 31, 2010, $3.44 billion, or 50.8%, of our total deposit balances were certificates of deposit which included $8.0 million in brokered deposits. In recent years, we have focused on changing the mix of our deposits from one focused on attracting certificates of deposit to one focused on core deposits. The impact of these efforts has been a continuing shift in deposit mix to lower cost core

18


Table of Contents

products. We remain committed to our plan of attracting more core deposits because core deposits represent a more stable source of low cost funds and are less sensitive to changes in market interest rates. At December 31, 2010, we held $3.33 billion in core deposits, representing 49.2% of total deposits. This is an increase of $787.2 million, or 30.9%, when compared to December 31, 2009, when our core deposits were $2.55 billion. We intend to continue to invest in branch staff training and to aggressively market and advertise our core deposit products and will attempt to generate our deposits from a diverse client group within our primary market area. We remain focused on attracting deposits from municipalities and C&I businesses which operate in our marketplace.
     We have a suite of commercial deposit products, designed to appeal to small business owners and non-profit organizations. The interest rates we pay, our maturity terms, service fees and withdrawal penalties are all reviewed on a periodic basis. Deposit rates and terms are based primarily on our current operating strategies, market rates, liquidity requirements, rates paid by competitors and growth goals. We also rely on personalized customer service, long-standing relationships with customers and an active marketing program to attract and retain deposits.
     The flow of deposits is influenced significantly by general economic conditions, changes in money market and other prevailing interest rates and competition. The variety of deposit accounts we offer allows us to respond to changes in consumer demands and to be competitive in obtaining deposit funds. Our ability to attract and maintain deposits and the rates we pay on deposits will continue to be significantly affected by market conditions.
     The following table sets forth the distribution of total deposit accounts, by account type, at the dates indicated.
                                                 
    At December 31,  
    2010     2009  
            Percent of     Weighted             Percent of     Weighted  
            Total     Average             Total     Average  
    Balance     Deposits     Rate     Balance     Deposits     Rate  
                (Dollars in thousands)              
Savings
  $ 1,135,091       16.75 %     0.93 %   $ 877,421       15.02 %     1.64 %
Checking accounts
    1,367,282       20.18       0.37       927,675       15.88       0.81  
Money market deposits
    832,514       12.29       0.81       742,618       12.72       1.26  
 
                                       
Total transaction accounts
    3,334,887       49.22       0.65       2,547,714       43.62       1.21  
Certificates of deposit
    3,440,043       50.78       1.78       3,292,929       56.38       2.18  
 
                                       
Total deposits
  $ 6,774,930       100.00 %     1.22 %   $ 5,840,643       100.00 %     1.77 %
 
                                       
                                                 
    At June 30,  
    2009     2008  
            Percent of     Weighted             Percent of     Weighted  
            Total     Average             Total     Average  
    Balance     Deposits     Rate     Balance     Deposits     Rate  
                (Dollars in thousands)              
Savings
  $ 779,678       14.16 %     1.99 %   $ 417,196       10.51 %     1.96 %
Checking
    898,816       16.33       0.84       401,100       10.10       1.28  
Money market deposits
    521,425       9.47       1.76       229,018       5.77       2.06  
 
                                       
Total transaction accounts
    2,199,919       39.96       1.46       1,047,314       26.38       1.72  
Certificates of deposit
    3,305,828       60.04       2.80       2,922,961       73.62       3.71  
 
                                       
Total deposits
  $ 5,505,747       100.00 %     2.27 %   $ 3,970,275       100.00 %     3.18 %
 
                                       
     The following table sets forth, by rate category, the amount of certificates of deposit outstanding as of the dates indicated.
                                 
    At December 31,     At June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008  
          (Dollars in thousands)        
Certificates of Deposits
                               
1% or less
  $ 853,183       276,876       2,102       279  
1.01% — 2.00%
    1,447,556       1,595,292       596,657       45,005  
2.01% — 3.00%
    761,101       850,129       1,501,821       566,007  
3.01% — 4.00%
    95,106       267,519       866,050       1,188,461  
4.01% — 5.00%
    244,912       268,460       311,509       769,010  
Over 5.00%
    38,185       34,653       27,689       354,199  
 
                       
Total
  $ 3,440,043       3,292,929       3,305,828       2,922,961  
 
                       

19


Table of Contents

     The following table sets forth, by rate category, the remaining period to maturity of certificates of deposit outstanding at December 31, 2010
                                                         
    Within     Over     Over     Over     Over     Over        
    Three     Three to     Six Months to     One Year to     Two Years to     Three        
    Months     Six Months     One Year     Two Years     Three Years     Years     Total  
                (Dollars in thousands)              
Certificates of Deposits
                                                       
1% or less
  $ 389,145       186,798       221,779       55,461                   853,183  
1.01% — 2.00%
    297,520       271,096       415,962       436,808       23,860       2,310       1,447,556  
2.01% — 3.00%
    40,518       74,789       196,888       322,002       39,115       87,789       761,101  
3.01% — 4.00%
    10,860       2,310       10,955       23,700       7,050       40,231       95,106  
4.01% — 5.00%
    1,657       1,704       68,618       137,984       15,956       18,993       244,912  
Over 5.00%
    2,170       3,455       9,087       13,837       903       8,733       38,185  
 
                                         
Total
  $ 741,870       540,152       923,289       989,792       86,884       158,056       3,440,043  
 
                                         
     The following table sets forth the aggregate amount of outstanding certificates of deposit in amounts greater than or equal to $100,000 and the respective maturity of those certificates as of December 31, 2010.
         
    At  
    December 31, 2010  
    (In thousands)  
Three months or less
  $ 269,821  
Over three months through six months
    174,873  
Over six months through one year
    312,766  
Over one year
    492,684  
 
     
Total
  $ 1,250,145  
 
     
     Borrowings. We borrow directly from the FHLB and various financial institutions. Our FHLB borrowings, frequently referred to as advances, are collateralized by a blanket lien against our residential mortgage portfolio. The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rates on our advances from the FHLB and other financial institutions at the dates and for the periods indicated.
                                                 
                    At or for the Six        
    At or for the Year Ended     Months Ended        
    December 31,     December 31,     At or for the Year Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2009     2008     2007  
                (Dollars in thousands)              
Balance at end of period
  $ 1,326,514     $ 850,542     $ 850,542     $ 870,555     $ 563,583     $ 333,710  
Average balance during period
    1,168,808       861,388       819,585       989,855       208,866       196,417  
Maximum outstanding at any month end
    1,326,514       903,060       870,553       1,348,574       563,583       333,710  
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
    3.09 %     3.79 %     3.79 %     3.66 %     3.50 %     5.42 %
Average interest rate during period
    3.53 %     3.69 %     3.82 %     3.34 %     4.41 %     5.46 %
     We also borrow funds under repurchase agreements with the FHLB and various brokers. These agreements are recorded as financing transactions as we maintain effective control over the transferred or pledged securities. The dollar amount of the securities underlying the agreements continues to be carried in our securities portfolio while the obligations to repurchase the securities are reported as liabilities. The securities underlying the agreements are delivered to the party with whom each transaction is executed. Those parties agree to resell to us the identical securities we delivered to them at the maturity or call period of the agreement. The following table sets forth information concerning balances and interest rate on our securities sold under agreements to repurchase at the dates and for the periods indicated:
                                         
                    At or for the Six        
    At or for the Year Ended     Months Ended        
    December 31,     December 31,     At or for the Year Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2009     2008  
              (Dollars in thousands)          
Balance at end of period
  $ 500,000     $ 750,000     $ 750,000     $ 910,000     $ 860,000  
Average balance during period
    611,397       857,017       823,620       894,348       902,326  
Maximum outstanding at any month end
    675,000       910,000       860,000       1,085,000       960,000  
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
    4.45 %     4.36 %     4.36 %     4.31 %     4.32 %
Average interest rate during period
    4.46 %     4.36 %     4.43 %     4.43 %     4.38 %

20


Table of Contents

Subsidiary Activities
     Investors Bancorp, Inc. has two direct subsidiaries: ASB Investment Corp and Investors Savings Bank.
     ASB Investment Corp. ASB Investment Corp. is a New Jersey corporation, which was organized in June 2003 for the purpose of selling insurance and investment products, including annuities, to customers and the general public through a third party networking arrangement. This subsidiary was obtained in the acquisition of American Bancorp in May 2009. There has been very little activity at this subsidiary and sales are currently limited to the sale of fixed rate annuities.
     Investors Savings Bank has the following subsidiaries.
     ISB Mortgage Company LLC. ISB Mortgage Company LLC is a New Jersey limited liability company that was formed in 2001 for the purpose of originating loans for sale to both Investors Savings Bank and third parties. In recent years, as Investors Savings Bank has increased its emphasis on the origination of loans, ISB Mortgage Company LLC has served as Investors Savings Bank’s retail lending production arm throughout the branch network. ISB Mortgage Company LLC sells all loans that it originates either to Investors Savings Bank or third parties.
     American Savings Investment Corp. American Savings Investment Corp. is a New Jersey corporation that was formed in 2004 as an investment company subsidiary. The purpose of this subsidiary is to invest in stocks, bonds, notes and all types of equity, mortgages, debentures and other investment securities. This subsidiary was obtained in the acquisition of American Bancorp in May 2009.
     Investors Commercial, Inc. Investors Commercial, Inc. is a New Jersey corporation that was formed in 2010 as an operating subsidiary of Investors Saving Bank. The purpose of this subsidiary is to originate and purchase residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate and multi family mortgage loans.
     Investors Savings Bank has four additional subsidiaries which are inactive.
Personnel
     As of December 31, 2010, we had 844 full-time employees and 48 part-time employees. The employees are not represented by a collective bargaining unit and we consider our relationship with our employees to be good.
SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
General
     Investors Savings Bank is a New Jersey-chartered savings bank, and its deposit accounts are insured up to applicable limits by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) under the Deposit Insurance Fund (“DIF”). Investors Savings Bank is subject to extensive regulation, examination and supervision by the Commissioner of the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance (the “Commissioner”) as the issuer of its charter, and, as a non-member state chartered savings bank, by the FDIC as the deposit insurer and its primary federal regulator. Investors Savings Bank must file reports with the Commissioner and the FDIC concerning its activities and financial condition, and it must obtain regulatory approval prior to entering into certain transactions, such as mergers with, or acquisitions of, other depository institutions and opening or acquiring branch offices. The Commissioner and the FDIC each conduct periodic examinations to assess Investors Savings Bank’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. This regulation and supervision establishes a comprehensive framework of activities in which a savings bank may engage and is intended primarily for the protection of the DIF and its depositors. The regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes.
      Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Investors Bancorp MHC, as bank holding companies controlling Investors Savings Bank, are subject to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956, as amended (“BHCA”), and the rules and regulations of the Federal Reserve Board under the BHCA and to the provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act of 1948 (the “New Jersey Banking Act”) and the regulations of the Commissioner under the New Jersey Banking Act applicable to bank holding companies. Investors Savings Bank and Investors Bancorp, Inc. are required to file reports with, and otherwise comply with the rules and regulations of, the Federal Reserve Board, the Commissioner and the FDIC. The Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner conduct periodic examinations to assess the Company’s compliance with various regulatory requirements. Investors Bancorp, Inc. files certain reports with, and otherwise complies with, the rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission under the federal securities laws and the listing requirements of NASDAQ.

21


Table of Contents

     Any change in such laws and regulations, whether by the Commissioner, the FDIC, the Federal Reserve Board or through legislation, could have a material adverse impact on Investors Savings Bank and Investors Bancorp, Inc. and their operations and stockholders.
     The Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the “Dodd-Frank Act”) made extensive changes in the regulation of depository institutions and their holding companies. Certain provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are expected to have a near term impact on Investors Savings Bank and Investors Bancorp, Inc. For example, the Dodd-Frank Act creates a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau as an independent bureau of the Federal Reserve Board. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau will assume responsibility for the implementation of the federal financial consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations, a function currently assigned to prudential regulators, and will have authority to impose new requirements. However, institutions of less than $10 billion in assets, such as Investors Savings Bank, will continue to be examined for compliance with consumer protection and fair lending laws and regulations by, and be subject to the enforcement authority of, their prudential regulator, although the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau will have back-up authority to examine and enforce consumer protection laws against all institutions, including institutions with less than $10 billion in assets.
     In addition to creating the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, the Dodd-Frank Act, among other things, directs changes in the way that institutions are assessed for deposit insurance, mandates the imposition of tougher consolidated capital requirements on holding companies, requires originators of securitized loans to retain a percentage of the risk for the transferred loans, imposes regulatory rate-setting for certain debit card interchange fees, repeals restrictions on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposits and contains a number of reforms related to mortgage originations. Many of the provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act are subject to delayed effective dates and/or require the issuance of implementing regulations. Their impact on operations can not yet be fully assessed. However, there is significant possibility that the Dodd-Frank Act will, at a minimum, result in increased regulatory burden, compliance costs and interest expense for Investors Savings Bank and Investors Bancorp, Inc.
     Some of the laws and regulations applicable to Investors Savings Bank and Investors Bancorp, Inc. including some of the changes made by the Dodd-Frank Act, are summarized below or elsewhere in this Form 10-K. These summaries do not purport to be complete and are qualified in their entirety by reference to such the actual laws and regulations.
New Jersey Banking Regulation
     Activity Powers. Investors Savings Bank derives its lending, investment and other powers primarily from the applicable provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act and its related regulations. Under these laws and regulations, savings banks, including Investors Savings Bank, generally may invest in:
    real estate mortgages;
 
    consumer and commercial loans;
 
    specific types of debt securities, including certain corporate debt securities and obligations of federal, state and local governments and agencies;
 
    certain types of corporate equity securities; and
 
    certain other assets.
     A savings bank may also invest pursuant to a “leeway” power that permits investments not otherwise permitted by the New Jersey Banking Act, subject to certain restrictions imposed by the FDIC. “Leeway” investments must comply with a number of limitations on the individual and aggregate amounts of “leeway” investments. A savings bank may also exercise trust powers upon approval of the Commissioner. New Jersey savings banks may exercise those powers, rights, benefits or privileges authorized for national banks or out-of-state banks or for federal or out-of-state savings banks or savings associations, provided that before exercising any such power, right, benefit or privilege, prior approval by the Commissioner by regulation or by specific authorization is required. The exercise of these lending, investment and activity powers are limited by federal law and the related regulations. See “— Federal Banking Regulation — Activity Restrictions on State-Chartered Banks” below.
     Loans-to-One-Borrower Limitations. With certain specified exceptions, a New Jersey-chartered savings bank may not make loans or extend credit to a single borrower or to entities related to the borrower in an aggregate amount that would exceed 15% of the bank’s capital funds. A savings bank may lend an additional 10% of the bank’s capital funds if secured by collateral meeting the requirements of the New Jersey Banking Act and § 5200 of the Revised Statutes (the National Bank Act). Investors Savings Bank currently complies with applicable loans-to-one-borrower limitations.
     Dividends. Under the New Jersey Banking Act, a stock savings bank may declare and pay a dividend on its capital stock only to the extent that the payment of the dividend would not impair the capital stock of the savings bank. In addition, a stock savings bank may not pay a dividend unless the savings bank would, after the payment of the dividend, have a surplus of not less than 50% of its capital stock, or alternatively, the payment of the dividend would not reduce the surplus. Federal law may also limit the amount of dividends that may be paid by Investors Savings Bank. See “— Federal Banking Regulation — Prompt Corrective Action” below.
     Minimum Capital Requirements. Regulations of the Commissioner impose on New Jersey-chartered depository institutions, including Investors Savings Bank, minimum capital requirements similar to those imposed by the FDIC on insured state banks. See “— Federal Banking Regulation — Capital Requirements” below.
     Examination and Enforcement. The New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance may examine Investors Savings Bank whenever it deems an examination advisable. The Department examines Investors Savings Bank at least every two years. The Commissioner may order any savings bank to discontinue any violation of law or unsafe or unsound business practice, and may direct any director, officer, attorney or employee of a savings bank engaged in an objectionable activity, after the Commissioner has ordered the activity to be terminated, to show cause at a hearing before the Commissioner why such person should not be removed. The commission may also seek the appointment of receiver or conservator for a New Jersey saving bank under certain conditions.

22


Table of Contents

Federal Banking Regulation
     Capital Requirements. FDIC regulations require banks to maintain minimum levels of capital. The FDIC regulations define two tiers, or classes, of capital.
     Tier 1 capital is comprised of the sum of:
    common stockholders’ equity, excluding the unrealized appreciation or depreciation, net of tax, from available for sale securities;
 
    non-cumulative perpetual preferred stock, including any related retained earnings; and
 
    minority interests in consolidated subsidiaries minus all intangible assets, other than qualifying servicing rights and any net unrealized loss on marketable equity securities.
     The components of Tier 2 capital currently include:
    cumulative perpetual preferred stock;
 
    certain perpetual preferred stock for which the dividend rate may be reset periodically;
 
    hybrid capital instruments, including mandatory convertible securities;
 
    term subordinated debt;
 
    intermediate term preferred stock;
 
    allowance for loan losses; and
 
    up to 45% of pretax net unrealized holding gains on available for sale equity securities with readily determinable fair market values.
     The allowance for loan losses includible in Tier 2 capital is limited to a maximum of 1.25% of risk-weighted assets (as discussed below). Overall, the amount of Tier 2 capital that may be included in total capital cannot exceed 100% of Tier 1 capital. The FDIC regulations establish a minimum leverage capital requirement for banks in the strongest financial and managerial condition, with a rating of 1 (the highest examination rating of the FDIC for banks) under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System, of not less than a ratio of 3.0% of Tier 1 capital to total assets. For all other banks, the minimum leverage capital requirement is 4.0%, unless a higher leverage capital ratio is warranted by the particular circumstances or risk profile of the depository institution.
     The FDIC regulations also require that banks meet a risk-based capital standard. The risk-based capital standard requires the maintenance of a ratio of total capital, which is defined as the sum of Tier 1 capital and Tier 2 capital, to risk-weighted assets of at least 8% and a ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets of at least 4%. In determining the amount of risk-weighted assets, all assets, plus certain off balance sheet items, are multiplied by a risk-weight of 0% to 100%, based on the risks the FDIC believes are inherent in the type of asset or item.
     The federal banking agencies, including the FDIC, have also adopted regulations to require an assessment of an institution’s exposure to declines in the economic value of a bank’s capital due to changes in interest rates when assessing the bank’s capital adequacy. Under such a risk assessment, examiners evaluate a bank’s capital for interest rate risk on a case-by-case basis, with consideration of both quantitative and qualitative factors. Institutions with significant interest rate risk may be required to hold additional capital. According to the agencies, applicable considerations include:
    the quality of the bank’s interest rate risk management process;
 
    the overall financial condition of the bank; and
 
    the level of other risks at the bank for which capital is needed.

23


Table of Contents

     The following table shows Investors Savings Bank’s Total capital, Tier 1 risk-based capital, and Total risk-based capital ratios as of December 31, 2010:
                 
    As of December 31, 20010  
            Percent  
    Capital     of Assets(1)  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Total capital
  $ 881,413       13.8 %
Tier 1 risk-based capital
  $ 801,171       12.5 %
Total risk-based capital
  $ 801,171       8.6 %
 
(1)   For purposes of calculating Total capital, assets are based on adjusted total average assets. In calculating Tier 1 risk-based capital and Total risk-based capital, assets are based on total risk-weighted assets.
     As of December 31, 2010, Investors Savings Bank was considered “well capitalized” under FDIC guidelines.
     Activity Restrictions on State-Chartered Banks. Federal law and FDIC regulations generally limit the activities and investments of state-chartered FDIC insured banks and their subsidiaries to those permissible for national banks and their subsidiaries, unless such activities and investments are specifically exempted by law or consented to by the FDIC.
     Before making a new investment or engaging in a new activity that is not permissible for a national bank or otherwise permissible under federal law or FDIC regulations, an insured bank must seek approval from the FDIC to make such investment or engage in such activity. The FDIC will not approve the activity unless the bank meets its minimum capital requirements and the FDIC determines that the activity does not present a significant risk to the FDIC insurance funds. Certain activities of subsidiaries that are engaged in activities permitted for national banks only through a “financial subsidiary” are subject to additional restrictions.
     Federal law permits a state-chartered savings bank to engage, through financial subsidiaries, in any activity in which a national bank may engage through a financial subsidiary and on substantially the same terms and conditions. In general, the law permits a national bank that is well-capitalized and well-managed to conduct, through a financial subsidiary, any activity permitted for a financial holding company other than insurance underwriting, insurance investments or development or merchant banking. The total assets of all such financial subsidiaries may not exceed the lesser of 45% of the bank’s total assets or $50 billion. The bank must have policies and procedures to assess the financial subsidiary’s risk and protect the bank from such risk and potential liability, must not consolidate the financial subsidiary’s assets with the bank’s and must exclude from its own assets and equity all equity investments, including retained earnings, in the financial subsidiary. State-chartered savings banks may retain subsidiaries in existence as of March 11, 2000 and may engage in activities that are not authorized under federal law. Although Investors Savings Bank meets all conditions necessary to establish and engage in permitted activities through financial subsidiaries, it has not chosen to engage in such activities.
     The Dodd-Frank Act removed the federal prohibition on the payment of interest on commercial demand deposit accounts, effective July 21, 2011.
     Federal Home Loan Bank System. Investors Savings Bank is a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank system, which consists of twelve regional Federal Home Loan Banks, each subject to supervision and regulation by the Federal Housing Finance Agency (“FHFA”). The Federal Home Loan Banks provide a central credit facility primarily for member thrift institutions as well as other entities involved in home mortgage lending. It is funded primarily from proceeds derived from the sale of consolidated obligations of the Federal Home Loan Banks. The Federal Home Loan Banks make loans to members (i.e., advances) in accordance with policies and procedures, including collateral requirements, established by the respective Boards of Directors of the Federal Home Loan Banks. These policies and procedures are subject to the regulation and oversight of the FHFA. All long-term advances are required to provide funds for residential home financing. The FHFA has also established standards of community or investment service that members must meet to maintain access to such long-term advances.
     Investors Savings Bank, as a member of the FHLB of New York is currently required to acquire and hold shares of FHLB Class B stock. The Class B stock has a par value of $100 per share and is redeemable upon five years notice, subject to certain conditions. The Class B stock has two subclasses, one for membership stock purchase requirements and the other for activity-based stock purchase requirements. The minimum stock investment requirement in the FHLB Class B stock is the sum of the membership stock purchase requirement, determined on an annual basis at the end of each calendar year, and the activity-based stock purchase requirement, determined on a daily basis. For Investors Savings Bank, the membership stock purchase requirement is 0.2% of the Mortgage-Related Assets, as defined by the FHLB, which consists principally of residential mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities, including CMOs, held by Investors Savings Bank. The activity-based stock purchase requirement for Investors Savings Bank is equal to the sum of: (1) 4.5% of outstanding borrowing from the FHLB; (2) 4.5% of the outstanding principal balance of Acquired Member Assets, as defined by the FHLB, and delivery commitments for Acquired Member Assets; (3) a specified dollar amount related to certain off-balance sheet items, for which Investors Savings Bank is zero; and (4) a specified percentage ranging from 0 to 5% of the carrying value on the FHLB balance sheet of derivative contracts between the FHLB and its members, which for Investors Savings Bank is also zero. The FHLB can adjust the specified percentages and dollar amount from time to time within the ranges established by the FHLB capital plan. At December 31, 2010, the amount of FHLB stock held by us satisfies these requirements.

24


Table of Contents

     Safety and Soundness Standards. Pursuant to the requirements of FDICIA, as amended by the Riegle Community Development and Regulatory Improvement Act of 1994, each federal banking agency, including the FDIC, has adopted guidelines establishing general standards relating to matters such as internal controls, information and internal audit systems, loan documentation, credit underwriting, interest rate exposure, asset growth, asset quality, earnings and compensation, fees and benefits. In general, the guidelines require, among other things, appropriate systems and practices to identify and manage the risks and exposures specified in the guidelines. The guidelines prohibit excessive compensation as an unsafe and unsound practice and describe compensation as excessive when the amounts paid are unreasonable or disproportionate to the services performed by an executive officer, employee, director, or principal stockholder.
     In addition, the FDIC adopted regulations to require a savings bank that is given notice by the FDIC that it is not satisfying any of such safety and soundness standards to submit a compliance plan to the FDIC. If, after being so notified, a savings bank fails to submit an acceptable compliance plan or fails in any material respect to implement an accepted compliance plan, the FDIC may issue an order directing corrective and other actions of the types to which a significantly undercapitalized institution is subject under the “prompt corrective action” provisions of FDICIA. If a savings bank fails to comply with such an order, the FDIC may seek to enforce such an order in judicial proceedings and to impose civil monetary penalties.
     Enforcement. The FDIC has extensive enforcement authority over insured savings banks, including Investors Savings Bank. This enforcement authority includes, among other things, the ability to assess civil money penalties, to issue cease and desist orders and to remove directors and officers. In general, these enforcement actions may be initiated in response to violations of laws and regulations and to unsafe or unsound practices.
     Prompt Corrective Action. The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation Improvement Act also established a system of prompt corrective action to resolve the problems of undercapitalized institutions. The FDIC, as well as the other federal banking regulators, adopted regulations governing the supervisory actions that may be taken against undercapitalized institutions. The regulations establish five categories, consisting of “well capitalized,” “adequately capitalized,” “undercapitalized,” “significantly undercapitalized” and “critically undercapitalized.” The FDIC’s regulations define the five capital categories as follows:
     An institution will be treated as “well capitalized” if:
    its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 10%;
 
    its ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 6%; and
 
    its ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is at least 5%, and it is not subject to any order or directive by the FDIC to meet a specific capital level.
     An institution will be treated as “adequately capitalized” if:
    its ratio of total capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 8%; or
 
    its ratio of Tier 1 capital to risk-weighted assets is at least 4%; and
 
    its ratio of Tier 1 capital to total assets is at least 4% (3% if the bank receives the highest rating under the Uniform Financial Institutions Rating System) and it is not a well-capitalized institution.
     An institution will be treated as “undercapitalized” if:
    its total risk-based capital is less than 8%; or
 
    its Tier 1 risk-based-capital is less than 4%; and
 
    its leverage ratio is less than 4%.
     An institution will be treated as “significantly undercapitalized” if:
    its total risk-based capital is less than 6%;

25


Table of Contents

    its Tier 1 capital is less than 3%; or
 
    its leverage ratio is less than 3%.
     An institution that has a tangible capital to total assets ratio equal to or less than 2% would be deemed to be “critically undercapitalized.”
     The FDIC is required, with some exceptions, to appoint a receiver or conservator for an insured state bank if that bank is “critically undercapitalized.” For this purpose, “critically undercapitalized” means having a ratio of tangible capital to total assets of less than 2%. The FDIC may also appoint a conservator or receiver for a state bank on the basis of the institution’s financial condition or upon the occurrence of certain events, including:
    insolvency, or when a assets of the bank are less than its liabilities to depositors and others;
 
    substantial dissipation of assets or earnings through violations of law or unsafe or unsound practices;
 
    existence of an unsafe or unsound condition to transact business;
 
    likelihood that the bank will be unable to meet the demands of its depositors or to pay its obligations in the normal course of business; and
 
    insufficient capital, or the incurring or likely incurring of losses that will deplete substantially all of the institution’s capital with no reasonable prospect of replenishment of capital without federal assistance.
      Investors Savings Bank is in compliance with the Prompt Corrective Action rules.
     Liquidity. Investors Savings Bank maintains sufficient liquidity to ensure its safe and sound operation, in accordance with FDIC regulations.
     Deposit Insurance. Investors Savings Bank is a member of the Deposit Insurance Fund, which is administered by the FDIC. Deposit accounts in the Bank are insured by the FDIC, previously up to a maximum of $100,000 for each separately insured depositor and up to a maximum of $250,000 for self-directed retirement accounts. However, in view of the recent economic crisis, the FDIC temporarily increased the deposit insurance available on all deposit accounts to $250,000 .The Dodd-Frank Act made that level of coverage permanent. In addition, certain non-interest-bearing transaction accounts maintained with depository institutions are fully insured regardless of the dollar amount until December 31, 2012.
     The FDIC imposes an assessment for deposit insurance against all insured depository institutions. That assessment is based on the risk category of the institution and, prior to 2009, ranged from five to 43 basis points of the institution’s deposits. On December 22, 2008, the FDIC issued a final rule that raised the deposit insurance assessment rates uniformly for all institutions by seven basis points (to a range from 12 to 50 basis points) effective for the first quarter of 2009. On February 27, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule that altered the way it calculated federal deposit insurance assessment rates beginning in the second quarter of 2009 and thereafter.
     Under the rule, the FDIC first establishes an institution’s initial base assessment rate. That initial base assessment rate ranges, depending on the risk category of the institution, from 12 to 45 basis points. The FDIC then adjusts the initial base assessment (higher or lower) to obtain the total base assessment rate. The adjustments to the initial base assessment rate are based upon an institution’s levels of unsecured debt, secured liabilities and brokered deposits. The total base assessment rate ranges, including adjustments, from 7 to 77.5 basis points of the institution’s assessable deposits.
     On May 22, 2009, the FDIC issued a final rule that imposed a special five basis point assessment on each FDIC-insured depository institution’s assets, minus its Tier 1 capital on June 30, 2009, which was collected on September 30, 2009. That special assessment was deemed necessary in view of the stress on the Deposit Insurance Fund. The special assessment was capped at 10 basis points of an institution’s domestic deposits.
     In lieu of further special assessments, the FDIC adopted a rule pursuant to which all insured depository institutions were required to prepay their estimated assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. Each institution’s base assessment rate for each period was calculated using its third quarter assessment base, adjusted quarterly for an estimated 5% annual growth rate in the assessment base through the end of 2012. The pre-payment has been recorded as a prepaid expense at December 31. 2009 and will be amortized to expense over three years.
     Most recently, the Dodd-Frank Act required the FDIC to revise its assessment procedures to base it on average total assets less tangible capital, rather than deposits. The FDIC has issued a final rule that will implement that directive effective April 1, 2011.
     Insurance of deposits may be terminated by the FDIC upon a finding that an institution has engaged in unsafe or unsound practices, is in an unsafe or unsound condition to continue operations or has violated any applicable law, regulation, rule, order or condition imposed by the FDIC. We do not currently know of any practice, condition or violation that may lead to termination of our deposit insurance.
     In addition to the FDIC assessments, the Financing Corporation (“FICO”) is authorized to impose and collect, with the approval of the FDIC, assessments for anticipated payments, issuance costs and custodial fees on bonds issued by the FICO in the 1980s to recapitalize the former Federal Savings and Loan Insurance Corporation. The bonds issued by the FICO are due to mature in 2017 through 2019. For the quarter ended December 31, 2010, the annualized FICO assessment was equal to 1.04 basis points for each $100 in domestic deposits maintained at an institution.

26


Table of Contents

     Transactions with Affiliates of Investors Savings Bank. Transactions between an insured bank, such as Investors Savings Bank, and any of its affiliates are governed by Sections 23A and 23B of the Federal Reserve Act and implementing regulations. An affiliate of a bank is any company or entity that controls, is controlled by or is under common control with the bank. Generally, a subsidiary of a bank that is not also a depository institution or financial subsidiary is not treated as an affiliate of the bank for purposes of Sections 23A and 23B.
     Section 23A:
    limits the extent to which a bank or its subsidiaries may engage in “covered transactions” with any one affiliate to an amount equal to 10% of such bank’s capital stock and retained earnings, and limits all such transactions with all affiliates to an amount equal to 20% of such capital stock and retained earnings; and
 
    requires that all such transactions be on terms that are consistent with safe and sound banking practices.
     The term “covered transaction” includes the making of loans, purchase of assets, issuance of guarantees and other similar types of transactions. Further, most loans by a bank to any of its affiliates must be secured by collateral in amounts ranging from 100% to 130% of the loan amounts. In addition, any covered transaction by a bank with an affiliate and any purchase of assets or services by a bank from an affiliate must be on terms that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the bank, as those that would be provided to a non-affiliate.
     Prohibitions Against Tying Arrangements. Banks are subject to the prohibitions of 12 U.S.C. Section 1972 on certain tying arrangements. A depository institution is prohibited, subject to some exceptions, from extending credit to or offering any other service, or fixing or varying the consideration for such extension of credit or service, on the condition that the customer obtain some additional service from the institution or its affiliates or not obtain services of a competitor of the institution.
     Privacy Standards. FDIC regulations require Investors Savings Bank to disclose their privacy policy, including identifying with whom they share “non-public personal information,” to customers at the time of establishing the customer relationship and annually thereafter.
     Investors Savings Bank is also required to provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having Investors Savings Bank share their non-public personal information with unaffiliated third parties before they can disclose such information, subject to certain exceptions.
     In addition, in accordance with the Fair Credit Reporting Act, Investors must provide its customers with the ability to “opt-out” of having Investors share their non-public personal information for marketing purposes with an affiliate or subsidiary before they can disclose such information.

27


Table of Contents

     The FDIC and other federal banking agencies adopted guidelines establishing standards for safeguarding customer information. The guidelines describe the agencies’ expectations for the creation, implementation and maintenance of an information security program, which would include administrative, technical and physical safeguards appropriate to the size and complexity of the institution and the nature and scope of its activities. The standards set forth in the guidelines are intended to insure the security and confidentiality of customer records and information, protect against any anticipated threats or hazards to the security or integrity of such records and protect against unauthorized access to or use of such records or information that could result in substantial harm or inconvenience to any customer.
     Community Reinvestment Act and Fair Lending Laws. All FDIC insured institutions have a responsibility under the Community Reinvestment Act (CRA) and related regulations to help meet the credit needs of their communities, including low- and moderate-income individuals and neighborhoods. In connection with its examination of a state chartered savings bank, the FDIC is required to assess the institution’s record of compliance with the CRA. Among other things, the current CRA regulations rates an institution based on its actual performance in meeting community needs. In particular, the current evaluation system focuses on three tests:
    a lending test, to evaluate the institution’s record of making loans in its service areas;
 
    an investment test, to evaluate the institution’s record of investing in community development projects, affordable housing, and programs benefiting low or moderate income individuals and/or census tracts and businesses; and
 
    a service test, to evaluate the institution’s delivery of services through its branches, ATMs and other offices.
     An institution’s failure to comply with the provisions of the CRA could, at a minimum, result in regulatory restrictions on its activities. Investors Savings Bank received an “outstanding” CRA rating in our most recently completed federal examination, which was conducted by the FDIC in June 2008.
     In addition, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act prohibit lenders from discriminating in their lending practices on the basis of characteristics specified in those statutes. The failure to comply with the Equal Credit Opportunity Act and the Fair Housing Act could result in enforcement actions by the FDIC, as well as other federal regulatory agencies and the Department of Justice.
Loans to a Bank’s Insiders
     Federal Regulation. A bank’s loans to its insiders — executive officers, directors, principal shareholders (any owner of 10% or more of its stock) and any of certain entities affiliated with any such persons (an insider’s related interest) are subject to the conditions and limitations imposed by Section 22(h) of the Federal Reserve Act and its implementing regulations. Under these restrictions, the aggregate amount of the loans to any insider and the insider’s related interests may not exceed the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to national banks, which is comparable to the loans-to-one-borrower limit applicable to Investors Savings Bank. See ”— New Jersey Banking Regulation — Loans-to-One Borrower Limitations.” All loans by a bank to all insiders and insiders’ related interests in the aggregate may not exceed the bank’s unimpaired capital and unimpaired surplus. With certain exceptions, loans to an executive officer, other than loans for the education of the officer’s children and certain loans secured by the officer’s residence, may not exceed the lesser of (1) $100,000 or (2) the greater of $25,000 or 2.5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus. Federal regulation also requires that any proposed loan to an insider or a related interest of that insider be approved in advance by a majority of the board of directors of the bank, with any interested directors not participating in the voting, if such loan, when aggregated with any existing loans to that insider and the insider’s related interests, would exceed either (1) $500,000 or (2) the greater of $25,000 or 5% of the bank’s unimpaired capital and surplus.
     Generally, loans to insiders must be made on substantially the same terms as, and follow credit underwriting procedures that are not less stringent than, those that are prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons. An exception is made for extensions of credit made pursuant to a benefit or compensation plan of a bank that is widely available to employees of the bank and that does not give any preference to insiders of the bank over other employees of the bank.
     In addition, federal law prohibits extensions of credit to a bank’s insiders and their related interests by any other institution that has a correspondent banking relationship with the bank, unless such extension of credit is on substantially the same terms as those

28


Table of Contents

prevailing at the time for comparable transactions with other persons and does not involve more than the normal risk of repayment or present other unfavorable features.
     New Jersey Regulation. Provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act impose conditions and limitations on the liabilities to a savings bank of its directors and executive officers and of corporations and partnerships controlled by such persons that are comparable in many respects to the conditions and limitations imposed on the loans and extensions of credit to insiders and their related interests under federal law, as discussed above. The New Jersey Banking Act also provides that a savings bank that is in compliance with federal law is deemed to be in compliance with such provisions of the New Jersey Banking Act.
Federal Reserve System
     The Federal Reserve Board regulations require all depository institutions to maintain reserves at specified levels against their transaction accounts (primarily NOW and regular checking accounts). At December 31, 2010, Investors Savings Bank was in compliance with the Federal Reserve Board’s reserve requirements. Savings banks, such as Investors Savings Bank, are authorized to borrow from the Federal Reserve Bank “discount window.” Investors Savings Bank is deemed by the Federal Reserve Board to be generally sound and thus is eligible to obtain primary credit from its Federal Reserve Bank. Generally, primary credit is extended on a very short-term basis to meet the liquidity needs of an institution. Loans must be secured by acceptable collateral and carry a rate of interest of 100 basis points above the Federal Open Market Committee’s federal funds target rate.
     Interagency Guidance on Nontraditional Mortgage Product Risks. On October 4, 2006, the FDIC and other federal bank regulatory authorities published the Interagency Guidance on Nontraditional Mortgage Product Risks, or the Guidance. The Guidance describes sound practices for managing risk, as well as marketing, originating and servicing nontraditional mortgage products, which include, among other things, interest only loans. The Guidance sets forth supervisory expectations with respect to loan terms and underwriting standards, portfolio and risk management practices and consumer protection. For example, the Guidance indicates that originating interest only loans with reduced documentation is considered a layering of risk and that institutions are expected to demonstrate mitigating factors to support their underwriting decision and the borrower’s repayment capacity. Specifically, the Guidance indicates that a lender may accept a borrower’s statement as to the borrower’s income without obtaining verification only if there are mitigating factors that clearly minimize the need for direct verification of repayment capacity and that, for many borrowers, institutions should be able to readily document income.
     On June 29, 2007, the FDIC and other federal bank regulatory agencies issued a final Statement on Subprime Mortgage Lending (the “Statement”) to address the growing concerns facing the sub-prime mortgage market, particularly with respect to rapidly rising sub-prime default rates that may indicate borrowers do not have the ability to repay adjustable-rate sub-prime loans originated by financial institutions. In particular, the agencies express concern in the Statement that current underwriting practices do not take into account that many subprime borrowers are not prepared for “payment shock” and that the current subprime lending practices compound risk for financial institutions. The Statement describes the prudent safety and soundness and consumer protection standards that financial institutions should follow to ensure borrowers obtain loans that they can afford to repay. These standards include a fully indexed, fully amortized qualification for borrowers and cautions on risk-layering features, including an expectation that stated income and reduced documentation should be accepted only if there are documented mitigating factors that clearly minimize the need for verification of a borrower’s repayment capacity. Consumer protection standards include clear and balanced product disclosures to customers and limits on prepayment penalties that allow for a reasonable period of time, typically at least 60 days, for borrowers to refinance prior to the expiration of the initial fixed interest rate period without penalty. The Statement also reinforces the April 17, 2007 Interagency Statement on Working with Mortgage Borrowers, in which the federal bank regulatory agencies encouraged institutions to work constructively with residential borrowers who are financially unable or reasonably expected to be unable to meet their contractual payment obligations on their home loans.
     We originate and purchase interest only loans. We do not originate or purchase sub-prime loans, negative amortization loans or option ARM loans. At December 31, 2010, our residential mortgage loan portfolio included approximately $529.1 million of interest only loans.
Anti-Money Laundering and Customer Identification
     Investors Savings Bank is subject to FDIC regulations implementing the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001, or the USA PATRIOT Act. The USA PATRIOT Act gives the federal government powers to address terrorist threats through enhanced domestic security measures, expanded surveillance powers, increased information sharing, and broadened anti-money laundering requirements. By way of amendments to the Bank

29


Table of Contents

Secrecy Act, Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act takes measures intended to encourage information sharing among bank regulatory agencies and law enforcement bodies. Further, certain provisions of Title III impose affirmative obligations on a broad range of financial institutions, including banks, thrifts, brokers, dealers, credit unions, money transfer agents and parties registered under the Commodity Exchange Act.
     Title III of the USA PATRIOT Act and the related FDIC regulations impose the following requirements with respect to financial institutions:
    Establishment of anti-money laundering programs.
 
    Establishment of a program specifying procedures for obtaining identifying information from customers seeking to open new accounts, including verifying the identity of customers within a reasonable period of time.
 
    Establishment of enhanced due diligence policies, procedures and controls designed to detect and report money-laundering.
 
    Prohibitions on correspondent accounts for foreign shell banks and compliance with record keeping obligations with respect to correspondent accounts of foreign banks.
 
    Bank regulators are directed to consider a holding company’s effectiveness in combating money laundering when ruling on Federal Reserve Act and Bank Merger Act applications.
     The bank regulatory agencies have increased the regulatory scrutiny of the Bank Secrecy Act and anti-money laundering programs maintained by financial institutions. Significant penalties and fines, as well as other supervisory orders may be imposed on a financial institution for non-compliance with these requirements. In addition, the federal bank regulatory agencies must consider the effectiveness of financial institutions engaging in a merger transaction in combating money laundering activities. The Bank has adopted policies and procedures to comply with these requirements.
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
     The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 was enacted to address, among other issues, corporate governance, auditing and accounting, executive compensation, and enhanced and timely disclosure of corporate information. Under Section 302(a) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer are required to certify that our quarterly and annual reports filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission do not contain any untrue statement of a material fact. Rules promulgated under the Sarbanes-Oxley Act require that these officers certify that: they are responsible for establishing, maintaining and regularly evaluating the effectiveness of our internal controls; they have made certain disclosures to our auditors and the audit committee of the Board of Directors about our internal controls; and they have included information in our quarterly and annual reports about their evaluation and whether there have been significant changes in our internal controls or in other factors that could significantly affect internal controls. Investors Bancorp, Inc. was required to report under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act beginning with the fiscal year ending June 30, 2008. Investors Bancorp, Inc. has existing policies, procedures and systems designed to comply with these regulations, and is further enhancing and documenting such policies, procedures and systems to ensure continued compliance with these regulations.
Holding Company Regulation
     Federal Regulation. Bank holding companies, like Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Investors Bancorp, MHC, are subject to examination, regulation and periodic reporting under the Bank Holding Company Act, as administered by the Federal Reserve Board. The Federal Reserve Board has adopted capital adequacy guidelines for bank holding companies on a consolidated basis substantially similar to those of the FDIC for Investors Savings Bank. As of December 31, 2010, Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s total capital and Tier 1 capital ratios exceeded these minimum capital requirements. See “Regulatory Capital Compliance.” The Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate consolidated capital requirements for depository institution holding companies that are no less stringent, both quantitatively and in terms of components of capital, than those applicable to institutions themselves. That will eliminate the inclusion of certain instruments from tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities, that are currently includable for bank holding companies. Any instruments issued by mutual holding companies by May 19, 2012, are grandfathered.
     Regulations of the Federal Reserve Board provide that a bank holding company must serve as a source of strength to any of its subsidiary banks and must not conduct its activities in an unsafe or unsound manner. The Dodd-Frank Act codified the source of strength policy and requires the issuance of implementing regulations. Under the prompt corrective action provisions of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act, a bank holding company parent of an undercapitalized subsidiary bank would be directed to guarantee, within limitations, the capital restoration plan that is required of an undercapitalized bank. See “— Federal Banking Regulation — Prompt Corrective Action.” If an undercapitalized bank fails to file an acceptable capital restoration plan or fails to

30


Table of Contents

implement an accepted plan, the Federal Reserve Board may prohibit the bank holding company parent of the undercapitalized bank from paying any dividend or making any other form of capital distribution without the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board.
     As a bank holding company, Investors Bancorp, Inc. is required to obtain the prior approval of the Federal Reserve Board to acquire all, or substantially all, of the assets of any bank or bank holding company. In addition, Federal Reserve Board policy is that a bank holding company should pay cash dividends only to the extent that the company’s net income for the past year is consistent with the company’s capital needs, asset quality and overall financial condition. Prior Federal Reserve Board approval will be required for Investors Bancorp, Inc. to acquire direct or indirect ownership or control of any voting securities of any bank or bank holding company if, after giving effect to such acquisition, it would, directly or indirectly, own or control more than 5% of any class of voting shares of such bank or bank holding company.
      A bank holding company is required to give the Federal Reserve Board prior written notice of any purchase or redemption of its outstanding equity securities if the gross consideration for the purchase or redemption, when combined with the net consideration paid for all such purchases or redemptions during the preceding 12 months, will be equal to 10% or more of the company’s consolidated net worth. The Federal Reserve Board may disapprove such a purchase or redemption if it determines that the proposal would constitute an unsafe and unsound practice, or would violate any law, regulation, Federal Reserve Board order or directive, or any condition imposed by, or written agreement with, the Federal Reserve Board. Such notice and approval is not required for a bank holding company that would be treated as “well capitalized” under applicable regulations of the Federal Reserve Board, that has received a composite “1” or “2” rating, as well as a “satisfactory” rating for management, at its most recent bank holding company examination by the Federal Reserve Board, and that is not the subject of any unresolved supervisory issues.
     In addition, a bank holding company that does not elect to be a financial holding company under federal regulations, is generally prohibited from engaging in, or acquiring direct or indirect control of any company engaged in non-banking activities. One of the principal exceptions to this prohibition is for activities found by the Federal Reserve Board to be so closely related to banking or managing or controlling banks. Some of the principal activities that the Federal Reserve Board has determined by regulation to be closely related to banking are:
    making or servicing loans;
 
    performing certain data processing services;
 
    providing discount brokerage services; or acting as fiduciary, investment or financial advisor;
 
    leasing personal or real property;
 
    making investments in corporations or projects designed primarily to promote community welfare; and
 
    acquiring a savings and loan association.
     A bank holding company that elects to be a financial holding company may engage in activities that are financial in nature or incident to activities which are financial in nature. Investors Bancorp, Inc. has not elected to be a financial holding company, although it may seek to do so in the future. A bank holding company may elect to become a financial holding company if:
    each of its depository institution subsidiaries is “well capitalized”;
 
    each of its depository institution subsidiaries is “well managed”;
 
    each of its depository institution subsidiaries has at least a “satisfactory” Community Reinvestment Act rating at its most recent examination; and
 
    the bank holding company has filed a certification with the Federal Reserve Board stating that it elects to become a financial holding company.
     Under federal law, depository institutions are liable to the FDIC for losses suffered or anticipated by the FDIC in connection with the default of a commonly controlled depository institution, or for any assistance provided by the FDIC to such an institution in danger of default. This law would potentially be applicable to Investors Bancorp, Inc. if it ever acquired as a separate subsidiary a depository institution in addition to Investors Savings Bank.

31


Table of Contents

     It has been the policy of many mutual holding companies to waive the receipt of dividends declared by their savings bank subsidiaries. In connection with its approval of the 1997 reorganization, however, the Federal Reserve Board imposed certain conditions on the waiver by Investors Bancorp, MHC of dividends paid on the common stock of Investors Bancorp, Inc. In particular, Investors Bancorp, MHC will be required to obtain prior Federal Reserve Board approval before it may waive any dividends. Federal Reserve Board policy generally prohibits mutual holding companies from waiving the receipt of dividends. Accordingly, management does not expect that Investors Bancorp, MHC will be permitted to waive the receipt of dividends so long as Investors Bancorp, MHC is regulated by the Federal Reserve Board as a bank holding company.
     In connection with the 2005 stock offering, the Federal Reserve Board required Investors Bancorp, Inc. to agree to comply with certain regulations issued by the Office of Thrift Supervision that would apply if Investors Bancorp, Inc., Investors Bancorp, MHC and Investors Savings Bank were Office of Thrift Supervision chartered entities, including regulations governing post-stock offering stock benefit plans and stock repurchases.
     Conversion of Investors Bancorp, MHC to Stock Form. Investors Bancorp, MHC is permitted to convert from the mutual form of organization to the capital stock form of organization (a “Conversion Transaction”). There can be no assurance when, if ever, a Conversion Transaction will occur, and the Board of Directors has no current intention or plan to undertake a Conversion Transaction. In a Conversion Transaction a new stock holding company would be formed as the successor to Investors Bancorp, Inc. (the “New Holding Company”), Investors Bancorp, MHC’s corporate existence would end, and certain depositors of Investors Savings Bank would receive the right to subscribe for additional shares of the New Holding Company. In a Conversion Transaction, each share of common stock held by stockholders other than Investors Bancorp, MHC (“Minority Stockholders”) would be automatically converted into a number of shares of common stock of the New Holding Company determined pursuant to an exchange ratio that ensures that Minority Stockholders own the same percentage of common stock in the New Holding Company as they owned in Investors Bancorp, Inc. immediately before the Conversion Transaction, subject to any adjustment required by regulation or regulatory policy. The FDIC’s approval of Investors Savings Bank’s initial mutual holding company reorganization in 1997 requires that any dividends waived by Investors Bancorp, MHC be taken into account in establishing the exchange ratio in any Conversion Transaction. The total number of shares held by Minority Stockholders after a Conversion Transaction also would be increased by any purchases by Minority Stockholders in the offering conducted as part of the Conversion Transaction.
     In connection with our June 2008 merger of Summit Federal Savings Bank, we issued 1,744,592 shares of our common stock to Investors Bancorp, MHC, which represents the pro forma market value of Summit Federal Savings Bank, thereby increasing Investors Bancorp, MHC’s ownership interest in Investors Bancorp, Inc. As a result, in the event of a Conversion Transaction of Investors Bancorp, MHC, there will be additional shares of New Holding Company available to depositors of Investors Savings Bank, including former depositors of Summit Federal Savings Bank who remain depositors of Investors Savings Bank at the time of the conversion.
     Any Conversion Transaction would require the approval of a majority of the outstanding shares of Investors Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by Minority Stockholders and approval of a majority of the votes held by depositors of Investors Savings Bank.
     New Jersey Regulation. Under the New Jersey Banking Act, a company owning or controlling a savings bank is regulated as a bank holding company. The New Jersey Banking Act defines the terms “company” and “bank holding company” as such terms are defined under the BHCA. Each bank holding company controlling a New Jersey-chartered bank or savings bank must file certain reports with the Commissioner and is subject to examination by the Commissioner.
     Acquisition of Investors Bancorp, Inc. Under federal law and under the New Jersey Banking Act, no person may acquire control of Investors Bancorp, Inc. or Investors Savings Bank without first obtaining approval of such acquisition of control by the Federal Reserve Board and the Commissioner. See “Restrictions on the Acquisition of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Investors Savings Bank.”
     Federal Securities Laws. Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock is registered with the Securities and Exchange Commission under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. Investors Bancorp, Inc. is subject to the information, proxy solicitation, insider trading restrictions and other requirements under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.
     Investors Bancorp, Inc. common stock held by persons who are affiliates (generally officers, directors and principal stockholders) of Investors Bancorp, Inc. may not be resold without registration or unless sold in accordance with certain resale restrictions. If Investors Bancorp, Inc. meets specified current public information requirements, each affiliate of Investors Bancorp, Inc. is able to sell in the public market, without registration, a limited number of shares in any three-month period.

32


Table of Contents

TAXATION
Federal Taxation
     General. Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Investors Savings Bank are subject to federal income taxation in the same general manner as other corporations, with some exceptions discussed below. Neither Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s nor Investors Savings Bank’s federal tax returns are currently under audit, and neither entity has been audited during the past five years. The following discussion of federal taxation is intended only to summarize certain pertinent federal income tax matters and is not a comprehensive description of the tax rules applicable to Investors Bancorp, Inc. or Investors Savings Bank.
     Method of Accounting. For federal income tax purposes, Investors Bancorp, Inc. currently reports its income and expenses on the accrual method of accounting and uses a tax year ending December 31 for filing its federal and state income tax returns.
     Bad Debt Reserves. Historically, Investors Savings Bank was subject to special provisions in the tax law regarding allowable tax bad debt deductions and related reserves. Tax law changes were enacted in 1996 pursuant to the Small Business Protection Act of 1996 (the “1996 Act”), which eliminated the use of the percentage of taxable income method for tax years after 1995 and required recapture into taxable income over a six year period all bad debt reserves accumulated after 1987. Investors Savings Bank has fully recaptured its post-1987 reserve balance.
     Currently, the Investors Savings Bank consolidated group uses the specific charge off method to account for bad debt deductions for income tax purposes.
     Taxable Distributions and Recapture. Prior to the 1996 Act, bad debt reserves created prior to January 1, 1988 (pre-base year reserves) were subject to recapture into taxable income if Investors Savings Bank failed to meet certain thrift asset and definitional tests.
     As a result of the 1996 Act, bad debt reserves accumulated after 1987 are required to be recaptured into income over a six-year period. However, all pre-base year reserves are subject to recapture if Investors Savings Bank makes certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its stock, pays dividends in excess of tax earnings and profits, or ceases to maintain a bank charter. At December 31, 2010, our total federal pre-base year reserve was approximately $40.7 million.
     Alternative Minimum Tax. The Internal Revenue Code imposes an alternative minimum tax (“AMT”) at a rate of 20% on a base of regular taxable income plus certain tax preferences (“alternative minimum taxable income” or “AMTI”). The AMT is payable to the extent such AMTI is in excess of an exemption amount and the AMT exceeds the regular income tax. Net operating losses can offset no more than 90% of AMTI. Certain payments of AMT may be used as credits against regular tax liabilities in future years. Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Investors Savings Bank have not been subject to the AMT and have no such amounts available as credits for carryover.
     Net Operating Loss Carryforwards and Charitable Contribution Carryforward. A financial institution may carry back net operating losses to the preceding five taxable years and forward to the succeeding 20 taxable years. As of December 31, 2010, the Company had a $4.6 million carryback claim and a federal net operating loss carryforward of approximately $360,000.
     At December 31, 2010, the Company had utilized all of its charitable contribution carryforwards.
     Corporate Dividends-Received Deduction. Investors Bancorp, Inc. may exclude from its federal taxable income 100% of dividends received from Investors Savings Bank as a wholly owned subsidiary. The corporate dividends-received deduction is 80% when the dividend is received from a corporation having at least 20% of its stock owned by the recipient corporation. A 70% dividends-received deduction is available for dividends received from a corporation having less than 20% of its stock owned by the recipient corporation.
State Taxation
     New Jersey State Taxation. Investors Savings Bank files New Jersey Corporate Business income tax returns. Generally, the income of savings institutions in New Jersey, which is calculated based on federal taxable income, subject to certain adjustments, is subject to New Jersey tax. Investors Savings Bank is not currently under audit with respect to its New Jersey income tax returns and Investors Savings Bank’s state tax returns have not been audited for the past five years.

33


Table of Contents

     For tax years beginning after June 30, 2006, New Jersey savings banks, including Investors Savings Bank, are subject to a 9% corporate business tax (“CBT”). For tax years beginning before June 30, 2006, New Jersey savings banks, including Investors Savings Bank, paid the greater of a 9% CBT or an Alternative Minimum Assessment (“AMA”) tax. As of July 1, 2007, there is no longer a New Jersey AMA tax. The AMA tax paid in prior years is creditable against the CBT in future years limited to an amount such that the tax is not reduced by more than 50% of the tax otherwise due and other statutory minimums.
     Investors Bancorp, Inc is required to file a New Jersey income tax return and will generally be subject to a state income tax at a 9% rate. However, if Investors Bancorp, Inc. meets certain requirements, it may be eligible to elect to be taxed as a New Jersey Investment Company, which would allow it to be taxed at a rate of 3.6%.
     New Jersey tax law does not and has not allowed for a taxpayer to file a tax return on a combined or consolidated basis with another member of the affiliated group where there is common ownership. However, under recent tax legislation, if the taxpayer cannot demonstrate by clear and convincing evidence that the tax filing discloses the true earnings of the taxpayer on its business carried on in the State of New Jersey, the New Jersey Director of the Division of Taxation may, at the director’s discretion, require the taxpayer to file a consolidated return for the entire operations of the affiliated group or controlled group, including its own operations and income.
     At December 31, 2009, the Company had state net operating loss carryforwards of approximately $44.2 million which was fully utilized as of December 31, 2010. Based upon projections of future taxable income for the periods in which the temporary differences are expected to be deductible, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize the deferred tax asset.
     New York State Taxation. New York State imposes an annual franchise tax on banking corporations, based on net income allocable to New York State at a rate of 7.1%. If, however, the application of an alternative minimum tax (based on taxable assets allocated to New York, “alternative” net income, or a flat minimum fee) results in a greater tax, an alternative minimum tax will be imposed. In addition, New York State imposes a tax surcharge of 17% of the New York State Franchise Tax, calculating using an annual franchise tax of 9.00% (which represents the 2000 annual franchise rate), allocable to business activities carried on in the Metropolitan Commuter Transportation District. These taxes apply to Investors Savings Bank.
     New York City Taxation. Investors Savings Bank is also subject to the New York City Financial Corporation Tax calculated, subject to a New York City income and expense allocation, on a similar basis as the New York State Franchise Tax. A significant portion of Investors Savings Bank’s entire net income is derived from outside of the New York City jurisdiction which has the effect of significantly reducing the New York City taxable income of Investors Savings Bank.
     Delaware State Taxation. As a Delaware holding company not earning income in Delaware, Investors Bancorp, Inc. is exempted from Delaware corporate income tax but is required to file annual returns and pay annual fees and a franchise tax to the State of Delaware.
ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS
     The risks set forth below, in addition to the other risks described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, may adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In addition to the risks set forth below and the other risks described in this annual report, there may also be additional risks and uncertainties that are not currently known to us or that we currently deem to be immaterial that could materially and adversely affect our business, financial condition or operating results. As a result, past financial performance may not be a reliable indicator of future performance, and historical trends should not be used to anticipate results or trends in future periods. Further, to the extent that any of the information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K constitutes forward-looking statements, the risk factors set forth below also are cautionary statements identifying important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from those expressed in any forward-looking statements made by or on behalf of us.
Financial reform legislation recently enacted will, among other things, create a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau, tighten capital standards and result in new laws and regulations that are expected to increase our costs of operations.
     On July 21, 2010 the President signed the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”). This new law will significantly change the current bank regulatory structure and affect the lending, deposit, investment, trading and operating activities of financial institutions and their holding companies. The Dodd-Frank Act requires various federal agencies to adopt a broad range of new implementing rules and regulations, and to prepare numerous studies and reports for Congress. The federal agencies are given significant discretion in drafting the implementing rules and regulations, and consequently, many of the details and much of the impacts of the Dodd-Frank Act may not be known for many months or years.

34


Table of Contents

     The Dodd-Frank Act creates a new Consumer Financial Protection Bureau with broad powers to supervise and enforce consumer protection laws. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has broad rule-making authority for a wide range of consumer protection laws that apply to all banks and savings institutions, including the authority to prohibit “unfair, deceptive or abusive” acts and practices. The Consumer Financial Protection Bureau has examination and enforcement authority over all banks with more than $10 billion in assets. Banks with $10 billion or less in assets will continue to be examined for compliance with the consumer laws by their primary bank regulators. The Dodd-Frank Act also weakens the federal preemption rules that have been applicable for national banks and federal savings associations, and gives state attorneys general the ability to enforce federal consumer protection laws.
     The Dodd-Frank Act requires minimum leverage (Tier 1) and risk based capital requirements for bank and savings and loan holding companies that are no less than those applicable to banks, which will exclude certain instruments that previously have been eligible for inclusion by bank holding companies as Tier 1 capital, such as trust preferred securities.
     The new law provides that the Office of Thrift Supervision will cease to exist one year from the date of the new law’s enactment. The Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, which is currently the primary federal regulator for national banks, will become the primary federal regulator for federal thrifts. The Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System will supervise and regulate all savings and loan holding companies that were formerly regulated by the Office of Thrift Supervision.
     Effective one year after the date of enactment is a provision of the Dodd-Frank Act that eliminates the federal prohibitions on paying interest on demand deposits, thus allowing businesses to have interest bearing checking accounts. Depending on competitive responses, this significant change to existing law could have an adverse impact on our interest expense.
     The Dodd-Frank Act also broadens the base for Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation deposit insurance assessments. Assessments will now be based on the average consolidated total assets less tangible equity capital of a financial institution, rather than deposits. The Dodd-Frank Act also permanently increases the maximum amount of deposit insurance for banks, savings institutions and credit unions to $250,000 per depositor, retroactive to January 1, 2009, and non-interest bearing transaction accounts have unlimited deposit insurance through December 31, 2012. The legislation also increases the required minimum reserve ratio for the Deposit Insurance Fund, from 1.15% to 1.35% of insured deposits, and directs the FDIC to offset the effects of increased assessments on depository institutions with less than $10 billion in assets.
     The Dodd-Frank Act will require publicly traded companies to give stockholders a non-binding vote on executive compensation and so-called “golden parachute” payments, and authorizes the Securities and Exchange Commission to promulgate rules that allow stockholders to nominate their own candidates using a company’s proxy materials. It also provides that the listing standards of the national securities exchanges shall require listed companies to implement and disclose “clawback” policies mandating the recovery of incentive compensation paid to executive officers in connection with accounting restatements. The legislation also directs the Federal Reserve Board to promulgate rules prohibiting excessive compensation paid to bank holding company executives.
     It is difficult to predict at this time what specific impact the Dodd-Frank Act and the yet to be written implementing rules and regulations will have on community banks. However, it is expected that at a minimum they will increase our operating and compliance costs and could increase our interest expense.
Our Liabilities Reprice Faster Than Our Assets and Future Increases in Interest Rates Will Reduce Our Profits.
     Our ability to make a profit largely depends on our net interest income, which could be negatively affected by changes in interest rates. Net interest income is the difference between:
    the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, such as loans and securities; and
 
    the interest expense we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.
     The interest income we earn on our assets and the interest expense we pay on our liabilities are generally fixed for a contractual period of time. Our liabilities generally have shorter contractual maturities than our assets. This imbalance can create significant earnings volatility, because market interest rates change over time. In a period of rising interest rates, the interest income earned on our assets may not increase as rapidly as the interest paid on our liabilities. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations — Management of Market Risk.”
     In addition, changes in interest rates can affect the average life of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities. A reduction in interest rates causes increased prepayments of loans and mortgage-backed and related securities as borrowers refinance their debt to

35


Table of Contents

reduce their borrowing costs. This creates reinvestment risk, which is the risk that we may not be able to reinvest the funds from faster prepayments at rates that are comparable to the rates we earned on the prepaid loans or securities. Conversely, an increase in interest rates generally reduces prepayments. Additionally, increases in interest rates may decrease loan demand and/or make it more difficult for borrowers to repay adjustable-rate loans.
     Changes in interest rates also affect the current market value of our interest-earning securities portfolio. Generally, the value of securities moves inversely with changes in interest rates. At December 31, 2010, the fair value of our total securities portfolio was $1.12 billion. Unrealized net losses on securities-available-for-sale are reported as a separate component of equity. To the extent interest rates increase and the value of our available-for-sale portfolio decreases, our stockholders’ equity will be adversely affected.
     We evaluate interest rate sensitivity using models that estimate the change in our net portfolio value over a range of interest rate scenarios. Net portfolio value is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts. At December 31, 2010, in the event of a 200 basis point increase in interest rates, whereby rates ramp up evenly over a twelve-month period, and assuming management took no action to mitigate the effect of such change, the model projects that we would experience an 5.6% or $17.7 million decrease in net interest income.
Because We Intend to Continue to Increase Our Commercial Originations, Our Lending Risk Will Increase.
     At December 31, 2010, our portfolio of commercial real estate, multi-family, construction and C&I loans totaled $3.06 billion, or 38.22% of our total loans. We intend to increase our originations of commercial real estate, multi-family construction and C&I loans, which generally have more risk than one- to four-family residential mortgage loans. As the repayment of commercial real estate loans depends on the successful management and operation of the borrower’s properties or related businesses, repayment of such loans can be affected by adverse conditions in the real estate market or the local economy. We anticipate that several of our borrowers will have more than one commercial real estate loan outstanding with us. Consequently, an adverse development with respect to one loan or one credit relationship can expose us to significantly greater risk of loss compared to an adverse development with respect to a one- to four-family residential mortgage loan. Finally, if we foreclose on a commercial real estate loan, our holding period for the collateral, if any, typically is longer than for one- to four-family residential mortgage loans because there are fewer potential purchasers of the collateral. Because we plan to continue to increase our originations of these loans, it may be necessary to increase the level of our allowance for loan losses because of the increased risk characteristics associated with these types of loans. Any such increase to our allowance for loan losses would adversely affect our earnings.
The U.S. Economy Is Experiencing An Economic Downturn. A Continuation or Further Deterioration Will Have An Adverse Effect On Our Operations.
     Both nationally and in the State of New Jersey we are experiencing an economic downturn that is having a significant impact on the prices of real estate and related assets. The residential and commercial real estate sectors have been adversely affected by weakening economic conditions and may negatively impact our loan portfolio. Total non-performing assets increased from $120.2 million at December 31, 2009 to $165.9 million at December 31, 2010, and total non-performing loans as a percentage of total assets increased to 1.73% at December 31, 2010 as compared to 1.44% at December 31, 2009. If loans that are currently non-performing further deteriorate or loans that are currently performing become non-performing loans, we may need to increase our allowance for loan losses, which would have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
     In addition, the impact of the continued economic downturn could negatively impact the carrying values of our securities portfolio. At December 31, 2010, our securities portfolio contains approximately $77.2 million in non-agency mortgage backed securities. Continued economic weakness could result additional other-than-temporary impairment which would have an adverse impact on our financial condition and results of operations.
Any Future FDIC Insurance Premiums Will Adversely Impact Our Earnings.
     On May 22, 2009, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation adopted a final rule levying a five basis point special assessment on each insured depository institution’s assets minus Tier 1 capital as of June 30, 2009. We recorded an expense of $3.6 million during the quarter ended June 30, 2009, to reflect the special assessment. Any further special assessments that the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation levies will be recorded as an expense during the appropriate period. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation increased the general assessment rate and, therefore, our Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation general insurance premium expense will increase compared to prior periods.
     The Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation also issued a final rule pursuant to which all insured depository institutions were required to prepay on December 30, 2009 their estimated assessments for the fourth quarter of 2009, and for all of 2010, 2011 and 2012. The assessment rate for the fourth quarter of 2009 and for 2010 was based on each institution’s total base assessment rate for the third quarter of 2009, modified to assume that the assessment rate in effect on September 30, 2009 had been in effect for the entire

36


Table of Contents

third quarter, and the assessment rate for 2011 and 2012 would be equal to the modified third quarter assessment rate plus an additional three basis points. In addition, each institution’s base assessment rate for each period was calculated using its third quarter assessment base, adjusted quarterly for an estimated 5% annual growth rate in the assessment base through the end of 2012. We made a payment of $35.9 million to the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation on December 30, 2009, and recorded the payment as a prepaid expense. At December 31, 2010, we had a remaining $24.4 million of prepaid expense.
If Our Allowance for Loan Losses is Not Sufficient to Cover Actual Loan Losses, Our Earnings Could Decrease.
     We make various assumptions and judgments about the collectability of our loan portfolio, including the creditworthiness of our borrowers and the value of the real estate and other assets serving as collateral for the repayment of many of our loans. In determining the amount of the allowance for loan losses, we review our loans and our loss and delinquency experience, and we evaluate economic conditions. If our assumptions are incorrect, our allowance for loan losses may not be sufficient to cover losses inherent in our loan portfolio, resulting in additions to our allowance. Material additions to our allowance would materially decrease our net income. Our allowance for loan losses of $90.9 million was 1.14% of total loans and 54.81% of non-performing loans at December 31, 2010.
     In addition, bank regulators periodically review our allowance for loan losses and may require us to increase our provision for loan losses or recognize further loan charge-offs. A material increase in our allowance for loan losses or loan charge-offs as required by these regulatory authorities would have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and results of operations.
Our Inability to Achieve Profitability on New Branches May Negatively Affect Our Earnings.
     We have expanded our presence throughout our market area and we intend to pursue further expansion through de novo branching or the purchase of branches from other financial institutions. The profitability of our expansion strategy will depend on whether the income that we generate from the new branches will offset the increased expenses resulting from operating these branches. We expect that it may take a period of time before these branches can become profitable, especially in areas in which we do not have an established presence. During this period, the expense of operating these branches may negatively affect our net income.
Growing By Acquisition Entails Integration and Certain Other Risks
     In October 2010, we completed our fourth acquisition in a 28 month period by purchasing the deposit franchise of Millennium bcpbank. This acquisition consisted of 17 branch locations, approximately $600 million in deposits and approximately $200 million in loans. The success of our acquisitions may depend on, among other things, our ability to realize anticipated cost savings and to integrate the businesses of the acquired company with our businesses in a manner that does not result in disrupting existing customer relationships of the acquired companies or diverting management’s attention from core operations. If we are not able to achieve these objectives, the anticipated benefits of an acquisition may not be realized fully or may take longer to realize than planned.
Strong Competition Within Our Market Area May Limit Our Growth and Profitability.
     Competition in the banking and financial services industry is intense. In our market area, we compete with numerous commercial banks, savings institutions, mortgage brokerage firms, credit unions, finance companies, mutual funds, insurance companies, and brokerage and investment banking firms operating locally and elsewhere. Some of our competitors have substantially greater resources and lending limits than we have, have greater name recognition and market presence that benefit them in attracting business, and offer certain services that we do not or cannot provide. In addition, larger competitors may be able to price loans and deposits more aggressively than we do. Our profitability depends upon our continued ability to successfully compete in our market area. The greater resources and deposit and loan products offered by some of our competitors may limit our ability to increase our interest-earning assets. For additional information see “Business of Investors Savings Bank — Competition.”
If We Declare Dividends on Our Common Stock, Investors Bancorp, MHC Will be Prohibited From Waiving the Receipt of Dividends by Current Federal Reserve Board Policy, Which May Result in Lower Dividends for All Other Stockholders.
     The Board of Directors of Investors Bancorp, Inc. has the authority to declare dividends on its common stock, subject to statutory and regulatory requirements. So long as Investors Bancorp, MHC is regulated by the Federal Reserve Board, if Investors Bancorp, Inc. pays dividends to its stockholders, it also will be required to pay dividends to Investors Bancorp, MHC, unless Investors Bancorp, MHC is permitted by the Federal Reserve Board to waive the receipt of dividends. The Federal Reserve Board’s current policy does not permit a mutual holding company to waive dividends declared by its subsidiary. Accordingly, because dividends will be required to be paid to Investors Bancorp, MHC along with all other stockholders, the amount of dividends available for all other stockholders will be less than if Investors Bancorp, MHC were permitted to waive the receipt of dividends.

37


Table of Contents

Investors Bancorp, MHC Exercises Voting Control Over Investors Bancorp; Public Stockholders Own a Minority Interest
     Investors Bancorp, MHC owns a majority of Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock and, through its Board of Directors, exercises voting control over the outcome of all matters put to a vote of stockholders (including the election of directors), except for matters that require a vote greater than a majority. Public stockholders own a minority of the outstanding shares of Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock. The same directors and officers who manage Investors Bancorp, Inc. and Investors Savings Bank also manage Investors Bancorp, MHC. In addition, regulatory restrictions applicable to Investors Bancorp, MHC prohibit the sale of Investors Bancorp, Inc. to another publicly traded company unless the mutual holding company first undertakes a second-step conversion.
We Operate in a Highly Regulated Industry, Which Limits the Manner and Scope of Our Business Activities.
     We are subject to extensive supervision, regulation and examination by the New Jersey Department of Banking and by the FDIC. As a result, we are limited in the manner in which we conduct our business, undertake new investments and activities and obtain financing. This regulatory structure is designed primarily for the protection of the DIF and our depositors, and not to benefit our stockholders. This regulatory structure also gives the regulatory authorities extensive discretion in connection with their supervisory and enforcement activities and examination policies, including policies with respect to capital levels, the timing and amount of dividend payments, the classification of assets and the establishment of adequate loan loss reserves for regulatory purposes. In addition, we must comply with significant anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism laws. Government agencies have substantial discretion to impose significant monetary penalties on institutions which fail to comply with these laws.
Future Acquisition Activity Could Dilute Book Value
     Both nationally and in New Jersey, the banking industry is undergoing consolidation marked by numerous mergers and acquisitions. From time to time we may be presented with opportunities to acquire institutions and/or bank branches and we may engage in discussions and negotiations. Acquisitions typically involve the payment of a premium over book and trading values, and therefore, may result in the dilution of Investors Bancorp’s book value per share.
ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
     None
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
     At December 31, 2010, the Company and the Bank conducted business from its corporate headquarters in Short Hills, New Jersey, and 82 full-service branch offices located in Essex, Hunterdon, Middlesex, Monmouth, Morris, Ocean, Passaic, Somerset, Union and Warren Counties, New Jersey; Nassau and Queens, New York and Massachusetts.
ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
     The Company and its subsidiaries are subject to various legal actions arising in the normal course of business. In the opinion of management, the resolution of these legal actions is not expected to have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
ITEM 4. [REMOVED AND RESERVED]
PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
     Our shares of common stock are traded on the NASDAQ Global Select Market under the symbol “ISBC”. The approximate number of holders of record of Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock as of February 22, 2011 was 12,000. Certain shares of Investors Bancorp, Inc. are held in “nominee” or “street” name and accordingly, the number of beneficial owners of such shares is not known or included in the foregoing number. The following table presents quarterly market information for Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s common stock for the periods indicated. The following information was provided by the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

38


Table of Contents

                                 
    Year Ended   Year Ended
    December 31, 2010     December 31, 2009  
    High     Low     High     Low  
First Quarter
  $ 13.90     $ 10.99     $ 13.29     $ 6.86  
Second Quarter
    14.37       12.62       9.71       8.14  
Third Quarter
    13.53       10.59       10.94       8.72  
Fourth Quarter
    13.50       11.65       11.15       10.25  
     Investors Bancorp, Inc. did not pay a dividend during the year ended December 31, 2010 or December 31, 2009.
     So long as Investors Bancorp, MHC is regulated by the Federal Reserve Board, if Investors Bancorp, Inc. pays dividends to its stockholders, it also will be required to pay dividends to Investors Bancorp, MHC, unless Investors Bancorp, MHC is permitted by the Federal Reserve Board to waive the receipt of dividends. The Federal Reserve Board’s current position is to not permit a bank holding company to waive dividends declared by its subsidiary.
     In the future, dividends from Investors Bancorp, Inc. may depend, in part, upon the receipt of dividends from Investors Savings Bank, because Investors Bancorp, Inc. has no source of income other than earnings from the investment of net proceeds retained from the sale of shares of common stock and interest earned on Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s loan to the employee stock ownership plan. Under New Jersey law, Investors Savings Bank may not pay a cash dividend unless, after the payment of such dividend, its capital stock will not be impaired and either it will have a statutory surplus of not less than 50% of its capital stock, or the payment of such dividend will not reduce its statutory surplus.
Stock Performance Graph
     Set forth below is a stock performance graph comparing (a) the cumulative total return on the Company’s Common Stock for the period beginning October 12, 2005, the date that Investors Bancorp Inc. began trading as a public company as reported by the NASDAQ Global Select Market through December 31, 2010, (b) the cumulative total return of publicly traded thrifts over such period, and, (c) the cumulative total return of all publicly traded banks and thrifts over such period. Cumulative return assumes the reinvestment of dividends, and is expressed in dollars based on an assumed investment of $100.

39


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC.
(LINE GRAPH LOGO)
                                                         
    Period                        
    Ending                        
Index   10/12/05     12/31/05     12/31/06     12/31/07     12/31/08     12/31/09     12/31/10
Investors Bancorp, Inc.
    100.00       110.08       156.99       141.12       134.03       109.18       130.94  
SNL Bank and Thrift Index
    100.00       110.59       129.22       98.54       56.67       55.91       62.42  
SNL Thrift Index
    100.00       112.84       131.54       78.91       50.22       46.83       48.94  
 
*   Source : SNL Financial LC, Charlottesville, VA
     The following table reports information regarding repurchases of our common stock during the quarter ended December 31, 2010 and the stock repurchase plans approved by our Board of Directors.
                                 
    Total Number of   Average   As part of Publicly   Yet Be Purchased
    Shares   Price paid   Announced Plans   Under the Plans or
Period   Purchased(1)     Per Share     or Programs     Programs  
October 1, 2010 through October 31, 2010
    303,500     $ 12.11       303,500       1,346,482  
November 1, 2010 through November 30, 2010
    545,638       12.19       545,638       800,844  
December 1, 2010 through December 31, 2010
    15,000       12.45       15,000       785,844  
 
                               
Total
    864,138               864,138          
 
                               
 
(1)   On January 22, 2008, the Company announced its third Share Repurchase Program, which authorized the purchase of an additional 10% of its publicly-held outstanding shares of common stock, or 4,307,248 shares. This stock repurchase program commenced upon the completion of the second program on May 7, 2008. This program has no expiration date and has 785,844 shares yet to be purchased as of December 31, 2010.

40


Table of Contents

ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
     The following information is derived in part from the consolidated financial statements of Investors Bancorp, Inc. For additional information, reference is made to “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report.
                                                 
    At December 31,     At June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006  
                    (In thousands)                  
Selected Financial Condition Data:
                                               
Total assets
  $ 9,602,131     $ 8,357,816     $ 8,136,432     $ 6,419,142     $ 5,722,026     $ 5,631,809  
Loans receivable, net
    7,917,705       6,615,459       6,143,169       4,670,150       3,624,998       2,995,435  
Loans held-for-sale
    35,054       27,043       61,691       9,814       3,410       974  
Securities held to maturity, net
    478,536       717,441       846,043       1,255,054       1,578,922       1,835,581  
Securities available for sale, at estimated fair value
    602,733       471,243       355,016       203,032       257,939       538,526  
Bank owned life insurance
    117,039       114,542       113,191       96,170       92,198       82,603  
Deposits
    6,774,390       5,840,643       5,505,747       3,970,275       3,768,188       3,419,361  
Borrowed funds
    1,826,514       1,600,542       1,730,555       1,563,583       1,038,710       1,245,740  
Stockholders’ equity
    901,279       850,213       819,283       828,538       858,859       916,291  
                                                         
                    Six Months        
                    Ended        
    Year Ended December 31,     December 31,     Year Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2009(1)     2008     2007(2)     2006(3)  
                    (In thousands)                          
Selected Operating Data:
                                                       
Interest and dividend income
  $ 428,703     $ 384,385     $ 198,272     $ 368,060     $ 312,807     $ 285,223     $ 252,050  
Interest expense
    159,293       192,096       90,471       201,924       207,695       195,263       143,594  
 
                                         
Net interest income
    269,410       192,289       107,801       166,136       105,112       89,960       108,456  
Provision for loan losses
    66,500       39,450       23,425       29,025       6,646       729       600  
 
                                         
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    202,910       152,839       84,376       137,111       98,466       89,231       107,856  
Non-interest income (loss)
    26,525       14,835       9,007       (148,430 )     7,373       3,175       5,972  
Non-interest expenses
    130,813       109,118       56,500       97,799       80,780       77,617       90,877  
 
                                         
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
    98,622       58,556       36,883       (109,118 )     25,059       14,789       22,951  
Income tax expense (benefit)
    36,603       23,444       14,321       (44,200 )     9,030       (7,477 )     7,610  
 
                                         
Net income (loss)
  $ 62,019     $ 35,112     $ 22,562     $ (64,918 )   $ 16,029     $ 22,266     $ 15,341  
 
                                         
Earnings (loss) per share — basic (4)
  $ 0.57     $ 0.33     $ 0.21     $ (0.62 )   $ 0.15     $ 0.20     $ 0.07  
Earnings (loss) per share — diluted(4)
  $ 0.56     $ 0.33     $ 0.21     $ (0.62 )   $ 0.15     $ 0.20     $ 0.07  
 
(1)   June 30, 2009 year end results reflect a $158.0 million pre-tax OTTI charge related to investments in trust preferred securities.
 
(2)   June 30, 2007 year end results reflect a $9.9 million reversal of previously established valuation allowances for deferred tax assets.
 
(3)   June 30, 2006 year end results reflect a pre-tax expense of $20.7 million for the charitable contribution made to Investors Savings Bank Charitable Foundation as part of our initial public offering.
 
(4)   Basic and diluted earnings per share for the year ended June 30, 2006 include the results of operations from October 11, 2005, the date the Company completed its initial public offering.

41


Table of Contents

                                                         
                    At or for the        
                    Six Months        
    At or for the Year     Ended        
    Ended December 31,     December 31,     At or for the Year Ended June, 30  
    2010     2009     2009     2009     2008     2007     2006  
Selected Financial Ratios and Other Data:
                                                       
Performance Ratios:
                                                       
Return (loss) on assets (ratio of net income or loss to average total assets)
    0.70 %     0.45 %     0.55 %     (0.90 )%     0.27 %     0.39 %     0.28 %
Return (loss) on equity (ratio of net income or loss to average equity)
    6.95 %     4.40 %     5.46 %     (8.14 )%     1.92 %     2.47 %     2.00 %
Net interest rate spread(1)
    2.97 %     2.28 %     2.49 %     2.06 %     1.28 %     1.02 %     1.65 %
Net interest margin(2)
    3.17 %     2.53 %     2.72 %     2.38 %     1.81 %     1.65 %     2.06 %
Efficiency ratio(3)
    44.20 %     52.68 %     48.37 %     552.35 %     71.81 %     83.34 %     79.42 %
Efficiency ratio (excluding OTTI and FDIC special assessment)(4)
    44.20 %     50.60 %     48.33 %     54.39 %     71.55 %     83.34 %     79.42 %
Non-interest expenses to average total assets
    1.47 %     1.38 %     1.37 %     1.35 %     1.35 %     1.38 %     1.68 %
Average interest-earning assets to average interest-bearing liabilities
    1.10x       1.10x       1.10x       1.11x       1.15x       1.18x       1.15x  
Asset Quality Ratios:
                                                       
Non-performing assets to total assets
    1.74 %     1.44 %     1.44 %     1.50 %     0.30 %     0.09 %     0.06 %
Non-performing loans to total loans
    2.08 %     1.81 %     1.81 %     1.97 %     0.42 %     0.14 %     0.11 %
Allowance for loan losses to non-performing loans
    54.81 %     45.80 %     45.80 %     38.30 %     70.03 %     135.00 %     193.06 %
Allowance for loan losses to total loans
    1.14 %     0.83 %     0.83 %     0.76 %     0.29 %     0.19 %     0.21 %
Capital Ratios:
                                                       
Risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)(5)
    13.75 %     15.78 %     15.78 %     16.88 %     21.77 %     25.18 %     26.63 %
Tier I risk-based capital (to risk-weighted assets)(5)
    12.50 %     14.70 %     14.70 %     15.86 %     21.37 %     24.93 %     26.38 %
Total capital (to average assets)(5)
    8.56 %     9.03 %     9.03 %     9.52 %     11.93 %     12.52 %     12.25 %
Equity to total assets
    9.39 %     10.17 %     10.17 %     10.07 %     12.91 %     15.01 %     16.27 %
Average equity to average assets
    10.02 %     10.11 %     9.99 %     11.05 %     13.94 %     15.97 %     14.21 %
Book value per common share
  $ 8.23     $ 7.67     $ 7.67     $ 7.38     $ 7.87     $ 7.86     $ 8.04  
Other Data:
                                                       
Number of full service offices
    82       65       65       58       52       51       51  
Full time equivalent employees
    869       704       704       647       537       509       510  
 
(1)   The net interest rate spread represents the difference between the weighted-average yield on interest-earning assets and the weighted- average cost of interest-bearing liabilities for the period.
 
(2)   The net interest margin represents net interest income as a percent of average interest-earning assets for the period.
 
(3)   The efficiency ratio represents non-interest expense divided by the sum of net interest income and non-interest income.
 
(4)   Excludes OTTI of $91,000 for the six months ended December 31, 2009 and $158.5 million and $409,000 for the years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively. Also excludes FDIC special assessment of $3.6 million at June 30, 2009.
 
(5)   Ratios are for Investors Savings Bank and do not include capital retained at the holding company level.
ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
     Investors Bancorp’s fundamental business strategy is to be a well capitalized, full service, community bank which provides high quality customer service and competitively priced products and services to individuals and businesses in the communities we serve.
     Our results of operations depend primarily on net interest income, which is directly impacted by the market interest rate environment. Net interest income is the difference between the interest income we earn on our interest-earning assets, primarily mortgage loans and investment securities, and the interest we pay on our interest-bearing liabilities, primarily time deposits, interest-bearing transaction accounts and borrowed funds. Net interest income is affected by the shape of the market yield curve, the timing of the placement and re-pricing of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities on our balance sheet, and the prepayment rate on our mortgage-related assets.
     The Company’s net interest spread and net interest margin were favorably impacted during the year ended December 31, 2010 as interest rates remained at historically low levels and the interest rate yield curve continued to be steep. Net interest margin expanded to 3.17% for the year ended 2010 compared to 2.53% for year ended 2009 while our net interest rate spread expanded to 2.97% for the year ended 2010 compared to 2.28% for the year ended 2009.

42


Table of Contents

     The Company’s results of operations are also significantly affected by general economic conditions. The national and regional unemployment rates remain at elevated levels. This factor coupled with the weakness in the housing and real estate markets have resulted in the Company recognizing higher credit costs on the loan portfolio during the year ended December 31, 2010. Despite this our overall level of non-performing loans remains low compared to our national and regional peers and we attribute this to our conservative underwriting standards.
     In October 2010, we completed the acquisition of the deposit franchise of Millennium bcpbank consisting of 17 branch locations and approximately $600 million in deposits. We also purchased approximately $200 million in performing loans and provide loan servicing for the remainder of Millennium’s loan portfolio. As a result of this acquisition, the Company has expanded its branch network outside its home state of New Jersey with three branch locations in New York. As part of the acquisition we also acquired four branches in Massachusetts which are scheduled to be sold to another financial institution pending regulatory approval.
     The branch expansion into New York complements our New York City loan production office which opened in January 2010. This office, along with our New Jersey lending team continues to help diversify our loan mix, and expand our market share for commercial and multi-family loans. Net loans increased to $7.92 billion at December 31, 2010 from $6.62 billion at December 31, 2009, an increase of 19.7%. This increase was primarily attributed to increases in the commercial real estate and multi-family loan portfolios.
     Increasing deposits, with particular emphasis on core deposits, remains one of our primary objectives. During the year ended December 31, 2010, total deposits increased by $943.3 million, or 16.0% to $6.77 billion. Core deposits represented 84.3%, or $787.2 million, of this growth which resulted in a core deposit to total deposit ratio to 49.2%.
     During 2010, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010 (the Reform Act) was signed into law. The Reform Act is intended to address perceived weaknesses in the U.S. financial regulatory system and prevent future economic and financial crises. It is not clear what the full impact of the Reform Act will be. See “Risk Factors”.
     Despite the challenges surrounding the financial services sector, we believe, with our strong capital and liquidity positions we can continue to grow organically or through bank or branch acquisitions.
Critical Accounting Policies
     We consider accounting policies that require management to exercise significant judgment or discretion or to make significant assumptions that have, or could have, a material impact on the carrying value of certain assets or on income, to be critical accounting policies. We consider the following to be our critical accounting policies.
     Allowance for Loan Losses. The allowance for loan losses is the estimated amount considered necessary to cover credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for loan losses that is charged against income. In determining the allowance for loan losses, we make significant estimates and therefore, have identified the allowance as a critical accounting policy. The methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting policy by management because of the high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the economic environment that could result in changes to the amount of the recorded allowance for loan losses.
     The allowance for loan losses has been determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, under which we are required to maintain an allowance for probable losses at the balance sheet date. We are responsible for the timely and periodic determination of the amount of the allowance required. We believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover

43


Table of Contents

specifically identifiable losses, as well as estimated losses inherent in our portfolio for which certain losses are probable but not specifically identifiable.
     Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The analysis of the allowance for loan losses has two components: specific and general allocations. Specific allocations are made for loans determined to be impaired. A loan is deemed to be impaired if it is a commercial real estate, multi-family or construction loan with an outstanding balance greater than $3.0 million and on non-accrual status and all loans subject to a troubled debt restructuring. Impairment is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral adjusted for market conditions and selling expenses. The general allocation is determined by segregating the remaining loans, including those loans not meeting the Company’s definition of an impaired loan, by type of loan, risk weighting (if applicable) and payment history. We also analyze historical loss experience, delinquency trends, general economic conditions, geographic concentrations, and industry and peer comparisons. This analysis establishes factors that are applied to the loan groups to determine the amount of the general allocations. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revisions based upon changes in economic and real estate market conditions. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowance for loan losses we have established which could have a material negative effect on our financial results.
     On a quarterly basis, management’s Allowance for Loan Loss Committee reviews the current status of various loan assets in order to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. In this evaluation process, specific loans are analyzed to determine their potential risk of loss. This process includes all loans, concentrating on non-accrual and classified loans. Each non-accrual or classified loan is evaluated for potential loss exposure. Any shortfall results in a recommendation of a specific allowance if the likelihood of loss is evaluated as probable. To determine the adequacy of collateral on a particular loan, an estimate of the fair market value of the collateral is based on the most current appraised value available. This appraised value is then reduced to reflect estimated liquidation expenses.
     The results of this quarterly process are summarized along with recommendations and presented to Executive and Senior Management for their review. Based on these recommendations, loan loss allowances are approved by Executive and Senior Management. All supporting documentation with regard to the evaluation process, loan loss experience, allowance levels and the schedules of classified loans are maintained by the Lending Administration Department. A summary of loan loss allowances is presented to the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.
     Our primary lending emphasis has been the origination and purchase of residential mortgage loans and commercial real estate mortgages. We also originate home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. These activities resulted in a loan concentration in residential mortgages. We also have a concentration of loans secured by real property located in New Jersey. Based on the composition of our loan portfolio, we believe the primary risks are increases in interest rates, a decline in the general economy, and a decline in real estate market values in New Jersey. Any one or combination of these events may adversely affect our loan portfolio resulting in increased delinquencies, loan losses and future levels of loan loss provisions. We consider it important to maintain the ratio of our allowance for loan losses to total loans at an adequate level given current economic conditions, interest rates, and the composition of the portfolio. As a substantial amount of our loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate, appraisals of the underlying value of property securing loans are critical in determining the amount of the allowance required for specific loans. Assumptions for appraisal valuations are instrumental in determining the value of properties. Overly optimistic assumptions or negative changes to assumptions could significantly impact the valuation of a property securing a loan and the related allowance determined. The assumptions supporting such appraisals are carefully reviewed by management to determine that the resulting values reasonably reflect amounts realizable on the related loans.
     For commercial real estate, construction and multi-family loans, the Company obtains an appraisal for all collateral dependent loans upon origination and an updated appraisal in the event interest or principal payments are 90 days delinquent or when the timely collection of such income is considered doubtful. This is done in order to determine the specific reserve needed upon initial recognition of a collateral dependent loan as non-accrual and/or impaired. In subsequent reporting periods, as part of the allowance for loan loss process, the Company reviews each collateral dependent commercial real estate loan previously classified as non-accrual and/or impaired and assesses whether there has been an adverse change in the collateral value supporting the loan. The Company utilizes information from its commercial lending officers and its loan workout department’s knowledge of changes in real estate conditions in our lending area to identify if possible deterioration of collateral value has occurred. Based on the severity of the changes in market conditions, management determines if an updated appraisal is warranted or if downward adjustments to the previous appraisal are warranted. If it is determined that the deterioration of the collateral value is significant enough to warrant ordering a new appraisal, an estimate of the downward adjustments to the existing appraised value is used in assessing if additional specific reserves are necessary until the updated appraisal is received.

44


Table of Contents

     For homogeneous residential mortgage loans, the Company’s policy is to obtain an appraisal upon the origination of the loan and an updated appraisal in the event a loan becomes 90 days delinquent. Thereafter, the appraisal is updated every two years if the loan remains in non-performing status and the foreclosure process has not been completed. Management does not typically make adjustments to the appraised value of residential loans other than to reduce the value for estimated selling costs, if applicable.
     In determining the allowance for loan losses, management believes the potential for outdated appraisals has been mitigated for impaired loans and other non-performing loans. As described above, the loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the collateral. Loans are generally charged off after an analysis is completed which indicates that collectability of the full principal balance is in doubt.
     Based on the composition of our loan portfolio, we believe the primary risks are a decline in the general economy, a decline in real estate market values in New Jersey and surrounding states and increases in interest rates. Any one or combination of these events may adversely affect our loan portfolio resulting in increased delinquencies, loan losses and future levels of loan loss provisions. We consider it important to maintain the ratio of our allowance for loan losses to total loans at an adequate level given current economic conditions, interest rates, and the composition of the portfolio.
     Our allowance for loan losses reflects probable losses considering, among other things, the actual growth and change in composition of our loan portfolio, the level of our non-performing loans and our charge-off experience. We believe the allowance for loan losses reflects the inherent credit risk in our portfolio.
     Although we believe we have established and maintained the allowance for loan losses at adequate levels, additions may be necessary if the current operating environment continues or deteriorates. Management uses the best information available; however, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate that is subject to significant judgment and short-term change. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance, as an integral part of their examination process, will periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
     Deferred Income Taxes. The Company records income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, “Income Taxes,” as amended, using the asset and liability method. Accordingly, deferred tax assets and liabilities: (i) are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns; (ii) are attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases; and (iii) are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years when those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Where applicable, deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance for any portions determined not likely to be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period of enactment. The valuation allowance is adjusted, by a charge or credit to income tax expense, as changes in facts and circumstances warrant.
     Asset Impairment Judgments. Certain of our assets are carried on our consolidated balance sheets at cost, fair value or at the lower of cost or fair value. Valuation allowances or write-downs are established when necessary to recognize impairment of such assets. We periodically perform analyses to test for impairment of such assets. In addition to the impairment analyses related to our loans discussed above, another significant impairment analysis is the determination of whether there has been an other-than-temporary decline in the value of one or more of our securities.
     Our available-for-sale portfolio is carried at estimated fair value, with any unrealized gains or losses, net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income or loss in stockholders’ equity. While the Company does not intend to sell these securities, and it is more likely than not that we will not be required to sell these securities before their anticipated recovery of the remaining amortized cost basis, the Company has the ability to sell the securities. Our held-to-maturity portfolio, consisting primarily of mortgage backed securities and other debt securities for which we have a positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, is carried at amortized cost. We conduct a periodic review and evaluation of the securities portfolio to determine if the value of any security has declined below its cost or amortized cost, and whether such decline is other-than-temporary.
     Management utilizes various inputs to determine the fair value of the portfolio. To the extent they exist, unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets (level 1) or quoted prices on similar assets (level 2) are utilized to determine the fair value of each investment in the portfolio. In the absence of quoted prices and in an illiquid market, valuation techniques, which require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (level 3), are used to determine fair value of the investment. Valuation techniques are based on various assumptions, including, but not limited to cash flows, discount rates, rate of return,

45


Table of Contents

adjustments for nonperformance and liquidity, and liquidation values. Management is required to use a significant degree of judgment when the valuation of investments includes inputs. The use of different assumptions could have a positive or negative effect on our consolidated financial condition or results of operations.
     The market values of our securities are also affected by changes in interest rates. When significant changes in interest rates occur, we evaluate our intent and ability to hold the security to maturity or for a sufficient time to recover our recorded investment balance.
     If a determination is made that a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired, the Company will estimate the amount of the unrealized loss that is attributable to credit and all other non-credit related factors. The credit related component will be recognized as an other-than-temporary impairment charge in non-interest income as a component of gain (loss) on securities, net. The non-credit related component will be recorded as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax.
     Goodwill Impairment. Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite useful life and is tested, at least annually, for impairment at the reporting unit level. Impairment exists when the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds its implied fair value. For purposes of our goodwill impairment testing, we have identified a single reporting unit. We consider the quoted market price of our common stock on our impairment testing date as an initial indicator of estimating the fair value of our reporting unit. In addition, we consider our average stock price, both before and after our impairment test date, as well as market-based control premiums in determining the estimated fair value of our reporting unit. If the estimated fair value of our reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, further evaluation is not necessary. However, if the fair value of our reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, further evaluation is required to compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying amount to determine if a write-down of goodwill is required.
     At December 31, 2010, the carrying amount of our goodwill totaled $21.6 million. On November 1, 2010, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test and determined the estimated fair value of our reporting unit to be in excess of its carrying amount. Accordingly, as of our annual impairment test date, there was no indication of goodwill impairment. We would test our goodwill for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our reporting until below its carrying amount. No events that have occurred and no circumstances have changed since our annual impairment test date that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our reporting until below its carrying amount. The identification of additional reporting units or the use of other valuation techniques could result in materially difference evaluations of impairment.
     Valuation of Mortgage Servicing Rights (MSR). The initial asset recognized for originated MSR is measured at fair value. The fair value of MSR is estimated by reference to current market values of similar loans sold servicing released. MSR are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. We apply the amortization method for measurements of our MSR. MSR are assessed for impairment based on fair value quarterly. MSR impairment, if any, is recognized in a valuation allowance through charges to earnings. Increases in the fair value of impaired MSR are recognized only up to the amount of the previously recognized valuation allowance.
     We assess impairment of our MSR based on the estimated fair value of those rights with any impairment recognized through a valuation allowance. The estimated fair value of the MSR is obtained through independent third party valuations through an analysis of future cash flows, incorporating estimates of assumptions market participants would use in determining fair value including market discount rates, prepayment speeds, servicing income, servicing costs, default rates and other market driven data, including the market’s perception of future interest rate movements. The allowance is then adjusted in subsequent periods to reflect changes in the measurement of impairment. All assumptions are reviewed for reasonableness on a quarterly basis to ensure they reflect current and anticipated market conditions.
     The fair value of MSR is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. Changes in prepayment speed assumptions generally have the most significant impact on the fair value of our MSR. Generally, as interest rates decline, mortgage loan prepayments accelerate due to increased refinance activity, which results in a decrease in the fair value of MSR. As interest rates rise, mortgage loan prepayments slow down, which results in an increase in the fair value of MSR. Thus, any measurement of the fair value of our MSR is limited by the conditions existing and the assumptions utilized as of a particular point in time, and those assumptions may not be appropriate if they are applied at a different point in time.
     Stock-Based Compensation. We recognize the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of those awards in accordance with ASC 718, “Compensation- Stock Compensation”.
     We estimate the per share fair value of option grants on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model using assumptions for the expected dividend yield, expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected option term. These

46


Table of Contents

assumptions are subjective in nature, involve uncertainties and, therefore, cannot be determined with precision. The Black-Scholes option pricing model also contains certain inherent limitations when applied to options that are not traded on public markets.
     The per share fair value of options is highly sensitive to changes in assumptions. In general, the per share fair value of options will move in the same direction as changes in the expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate and expected option term, and in the opposite direction as changes in the expected dividend yield. For example, the per share fair value of options will generally increase as expected stock price volatility increases, risk-free interest rate increases, expected option term increases and expected dividend yield decreases. The use of different assumptions or different option pricing models could result in materially different per share fair values of options.
Comparison of Financial Condition at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009
     Total Assets. Total assets increased by $1.24 billion, or 14.9%, to $9.60 billion at December 31, 2010 from $8.36 billion at December 31, 2009. This increase was largely the result of a $1.31 billion increase in our net loans, including loans held for sale, to $7.95 billion at December 31, 2010 from $6.64 billion at December 31, 2009. This was partially offset by a $107.4 million, or 9.0%, decrease in securities to $1.08 billion at December 31, 2010 from $1.19 billion at December 31, 2009.
     Net Loans. Net loans, including loans held for sale, increased by $1.31 billion, or 19.7%, to $7.95 billion at December 31, 2010 from $6.64 billion at December 31, 2009. This increase in loans reflects our continued focus on loan originations and purchases, which was partially offset by paydowns and payoffs of loans. The loans we originate and purchase, which are collateralized by real estate, are on properties in New Jersey and states in close proximity to New Jersey. We do not originate or purchase, and our loan portfolio does not include, any sub-prime loans or option ARMs.
     We originate residential mortgage loans through our mortgage subsidiary, ISB Mortgage Co. During the year ended December 31, 2010, ISB Mortgage Co. originated $1.50 billion in residential mortgage loans of which $696.0 million were originated for sale to third party investors and $800.5 million remained in our portfolio. We also purchased mortgage loans from correspondent entities including other banks and mortgage bankers. Our agreements with these correspondent entities require them to originate loans that adhere to our underwriting standards. During year ended December 31, 2010, we purchased loans totaling $814.9 million from these entities. We also purchase, on a “bulk purchase” basis, pools of mortgage loans that meet our underwriting criteria from several well-established financial institutions in the secondary market. During the year ended December 31, 2010, we purchased $47.4 million of residential mortgage loans on a “bulk purchase” basis.
     Additionally, during 2010, we originated $487.9 million in multi-family loans, $412.6 million in commercial real estate loans, $214.4 million in construction loans, $87.8 million in consumer and other loans, and $59.6 million in commercial and industrial loans. We also purchased approximately $200 million in performing commercial real estate and home equity loans from Millennium bcpbank.
     The allowance for loan losses increased by $35.9 million to $90.9 million at December 31, 2010 from $55.1 million at December 31, 2009. The increase in the allowance is primarily attributable to the higher current period loan loss provision which reflects the overall growth in the loan portfolio, particularly residential, multi family and commercial real estate loans; the increased inherent credit risk in our overall portfolio, particularly the credit risk associated with commercial real estate lending; and internal downgrades of the risk ratings on certain construction loans; our increased level of non-performing loans; and the adverse economic environment, offset partially by net charge offs of $30.6 million. These charge offs were primarily in the construction loan portfolio.
      The triggering events or other circumstances that led to the significant credit deterioration resulting in our construction loan charge-offs were caused by a variety of economic factors including, but not limited to: continued deterioration of the housing and real estate markets in which we lend, significant and continuing declines in the value of real estate which collateralize our construction loans, the overall weakness of the economy in the New York/New Jersey metropolitan area, and unemployment in our lending area which increased during 2010.
      The Company’s historical loan charge-off history was immaterial prior to September 30, 2009. We have aggressively attempted to collect our delinquent loans while establishing specific loan loss reserves to properly value these loans. We record a charge-off when the likelihood of collecting the amounts specifically reserved becomes less likely, due to a variety of reasons that are specific to each loan. For example, some of the reasons that were determining factors in recording charge-offs were as follows: declining liquidity of the borrower/guarantors, prospects of selling finished inventory outside of prime selling season in real estate markets with limited activity (prime selling season of real estate is in the spring/summer months), no additional collateral that could be posted by borrowers that could be utilized to satisfy the borrower’s obligations, and decisions to move forward with note sales on a select basis in order to reduce levels of non-performing loans.

47


Table of Contents

     Non-performing loans increased $45.7 million to $165.9 million at December 31, 2010, from $120.2 million at December 31, 2009. Although we have resolved a number of non-performing loans, the continued deterioration of the housing and real estate markets, as well as the overall weakness in the economy, continue to impact our non-performing loans. As a geographically concentrated residential lender, we have been affected by negative consequences arising from the ongoing economic recession and, in particular, the sharp downturn in the housing industry, as well as economic and housing industry weaknesses in the New Jersey/New York metropolitan area. We are particularly vulnerable to the impact of a severe job loss recession. We continue to closely monitor the local and regional real estate markets and other factors related to risks inherent in our loan portfolio.
     The comparative table below details non-performing loans and allowance for loan loss coverage ratios over the last four quarters.
                                                                 
    December 31, 2010     September 30, 2010     June 30, 2010     March 31, 2010  
    # of Loans     Amount     # of Loans     Amount     # of Loans     Amount     # of Loans     Amount  
    (Dollars in millions)  
Residential and consumer
    263     $ 74.7       239     $ 68.7       210     $ 60.4       199     $ 57.1  
Construction
    26       82.8       21       67.1       21       67.6       22       61.6  
Multi-family
    3       2.7       6       3.5       3       2.7       2       2.5  
Commercial
    8       3.9       8       4.6       8       4.6       9       3.5  
Commercial and industrial
    5       1.8       2       1.0       2       0.6              
 
                                               
Total non-performing loans
    305     $ 165.9       276     $ 144.9       244     $ 135.9       232     $ 124.7  
 
                                               
Non-performing loans to total loans
            2.08 %             1.94 %             1.88 %             1.82 %
Allowance for loan loss as a percent of non-performing loans
            54.81 %             58.39 %             52.23 %             50.47 %
Allowance for loan loss as a percent of total loans
            1.14 %             1.13 %             1.00 %             0.92 %
     In addition to non-performing loans we continue to monitor our portfolio for potential problem loans. Potential problem loans are defined as loans about which we have concerns as to the ability of the borrower to comply with the present loan repayment terms and which may cause the loan to be placed on non-accrual status. As of December 31, 2010, the Company has 20 loans totaling $35.1 million that it deems potential problem loans. Management is actively monitoring these loans.
     Future increases in the allowance for loan losses may be necessary based on the growth of the loan portfolio, the change in composition of the loan portfolio, possible future increases in non-performing loans and charge-offs, and the impact the deterioration of the real estate and economic environments in our lending area. Although we use the best information available, the level of allowance for loan losses remains an estimate that is subject to significant judgment and short-term change. See “Critical Accounting Policies.”
     Securities. Securities, in the aggregate, decreased by $107.4 million, or 9.0%, to $1.08 billion at December 31, 2010, from $1.19 billion at December 31, 2009. The decrease in the portfolio was due to paydowns, calls or maturities and was partially offset by the purchase of $346.8 million of agency issued mortgage backed securities during the year ended December 31, 2010.
     The securities portfolio includes non-agency, private label mortgage backed securities with an amortized cost of $77.7 million and a fair value of $78.1 million. These securities were originated in the period 2002-2004 and are performing in accordance with contractual terms. Management will continue to monitor these securities for possible OTTI.
     Other Assets, Stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank, Bank Owned Life Insurance, and Intangible Assets. Other assets decreased $8.3 million to $28.8 million at December 31, 2010 from $37.1 million at December 31, 2009 which is primarily attributed to prepaid FDIC insurance premiums amortizing $9.8 million during the period. The amount of FHLB stock we own increased by $14.2 million from $66.2 million at December 31, 2009 to $80.4 million at December 31, 2009 as a result of a increase in our level of borrowings since December 31, 2009. Bank owned life insurance increased by $2.5 million from $114.5 million at December 31, 2009 to $117.0 million at December 31, 2010, primarily due to the increase in the cash surrender value of the underlying policies. Intangible assets increased $7.3 million from $31.7 million at December 31, 2009 to $39.0 million at December 31, 2010 primarily due to the core deposit intangible asset recorded related to our Millennium branch acquisition, as well as an increase in our mortgage servicing rights.
     Deposits. Deposits increased by $934.3 million, or 16.0%, to $6.77 billion at December 31, 2010 from $5.84 billion at December 31, 2009. This increase reflects the acquisition of Millennium deposit franchise of approximately $600 million and the continued growth in our markets. Core deposits represented $787.2 million or 84.3% of the growth while certificates of deposit represented $147.1 million, or 15.7% of the growth.

48


Table of Contents

     Borrowed Funds. Borrowed funds increased $226.0 million, or 14.1%, to $1.83 billion at December 31, 2010 from $1.60 billion at December 31, 2009 as new loan originations have outpaced the deposit growth and principal run-off from the securities portfolio.
     Stockholders’ Equity. Stockholders’ equity increased $51.0 million to $901.3 million at December 31, 2010 from $850.2 million at December 31, 2009. The increase is primarily attributed to the $62.0 million net income for year ended December 31, 2010, $9.5 million of compensation cost related to equity incentive plans, partially offset by $24.5 million in purchases of treasury stock.
Analysis of Net Interest Income
     Net interest income represents the difference between income we earn on our interest-earning assets and the expense we pay on interest-bearing liabilities. Net interest income depends on the volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities and the interest rates earned on such assets and paid on such liabilities.
     Average Balances and Yields. The following tables set forth average balance sheets, average yields and costs, and certain other information for the periods indicated. No tax-equivalent yield adjustments were made, as the effect thereof was not material. All average balances are daily average balances. Non-accrual loans were included in the computation of average balances, but have been reflected in the table as loans carrying a zero yield. The yields set forth below include the effect of deferred fees, discounts and premiums that are amortized or accreted to interest income or expense.

49


Table of Contents

                                                 
    For the Year Ended December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Average     Interest     Average     Average     Interest     Average  
    Outstanding     Earned/     Yield/     Outstanding     Earned/     Yield/  
    Balance     Paid     Rate     Balance     Paid     Rate  
    (In thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Interest-bearing deposits
  $ 132,365     $ 238       0.18 %   $ 301,293     $ 700       0.23 %
Securities available-for-sale(1)
    497,094       12,430       2.50       303,507       10,404       3.43  
Securities held-to-maturity
    604,238       28,600       4.73       861,627       41,097       4.77  
Net loans
    7,197,608       383,531       5.33       6,049,981       328,481       5.43  
Stock in FHLB
    76,368       3,904       5.11       70,263       3,701       5.27  
 
                                       
Total interest-earning assets
    8,507,673       428,703       5.04       7,586,671       384,383       5.07  
 
                                           
Non-interest-earning assets
    397,436                       303,561                  
 
                                           
Total assets
  $ 8,905,109                     $ 7,890,232                  
 
                                           
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Savings deposits
  $ 944,894       13,958       1.48 %   $ 728,182       14,533       2.00 %
Interest-bearing checking
    908,567       6,406       0.71       780,309       13,252       1.70  
Money market accounts
    748,707       7,299       0.97       483,565       7,834       1.62  
Certificates of deposit
    3,321,671       63,148       1.90       3,194,240       87,383       2.74  
 
                                       
Total interest-bearing deposits
    5,923,839       90,811       1.53       5,186,296       123,002       2.37  
Borrowed funds
    1,780,205       68,482       3.85       1,718,405       69,094       4.02  
 
                                       
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    7,704,044       159,293       2.07       6,904,701       192,096       2.78  
 
                                           
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
    308,785                       187,955                  
 
                                           
Total liabilities
    8,012,829                       7,092,656                  
Stockholders’ equity
    892,280                       787,576                  
 
                                           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 8,905,109                     $ 7,890,232                  
 
                                           
Net interest income
          $ 269,410                     $ 192,287          
 
                                           
Net interest rate spread(2)
                    2.97 %                     2.28 %
 
                                           
Net interest-earning assets(3)
  $ 803,629                     $ 681,970                  
 
                                           
Net interest margin(4)
                    3.17 %                     2.53 %
 
                                           
Ratio of interest-earning assets to total interest-bearing liabilities
    1.10                     1.10                
 
                                           
 
(1)   Securities available-for-sale are stated at amortized cost, adjusted for unamortized purchased premiums and discounts.
 
(2)   Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(3)   Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(4)   Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

50


Table of Contents

                                                 
    For Six Months Ended December 31,  
    2009     2008  
    Average     Interest     Average     Average     Interest     Average  
    Outstanding     Earned/     Yield/     Outstanding     Earned/     Yield/  
    Balance     Paid     Rate     Balance     Paid     Rate  
    (In thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Interest-bearing deposits
  $ 304,293     $ 346       0.23 %   $ 19,221     $ 39       0.41 %
Securities available-for-sale(1)
    406,462       5,926       2.92       196,848       4,491       4.56  
Securities held-to-maturity
    779,405       17,404       4.47       1,203,268       27,222       4.52  
Net loans
    6,370,350       172,575       5.42       5,241,754       148,771       5.68  
Stock in FHLB
    68,122       2,021       5.93       79,496       1,424       3.58  
 
                                       
Total interest-earning assets
    7,928,632       198,272       5.00       6,740,587       181,947       5.40  
 
                                           
Non-interest-earning assets
    335,411                       191,168                  
 
                                           
Total assets
  $ 8,264,043                     $ 6,931,755                  
 
                                           
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Savings deposits
  $ 835,109       7,615       1.82 %   $ 395,448       3,650       1.85 %
Interest-bearing checking
    802,474       4,426       1.10       371,200       2,842       1.53  
Money market accounts
    608,710       4,392       1.44       265,074       3,024       2.28  
Certificates of deposit
    3,321,607       40,144       2.42       2,968,288       53,421       3.60  
 
                                       
Total interest-bearing deposits
    5,567,900       56,577       2.03       4,000,010       62,937       3.15  
Borrowed funds
    1,643,205       33,894       4.13       1,990,807       37,362       3.75  
 
                                       
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    7,211,105       90,471       2.51       5,990,817       100,299       3.35  
 
                                           
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
    226,956                       114,409                  
 
                                           
Total liabilities
    7,438,061                       6,105,226                  
Stockholders’ equity
    825,982                       826,529                  
 
                                           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 8,264,043                     $ 6,931,755                  
 
                                           
Net interest income
          $ 107,801                     $ 81,648          
 
                                           
Net interest rate spread(2)
                    2.49 %                     2.05 %
 
                                           
Net interest-earning assets(3)
  $ 717,527                     $ 749,770                  
 
                                           
Net interest margin(4)
                    2.72 %                     2.42 %
 
                                           
Ratio of interest-earning assets to total interest-bearing liabilities
    1.10                     1.13                
 
                                           
 
(1)   Securities available-for-sale are stated at amortized cost, adjusted for unamortized purchased premiums and discounts.
 
(2)   Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(3)   Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(4)   Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

51


Table of Contents

                                                 
    For the Year Ended June 30,  
    2009     2008  
    Average     Interest     Average     Average     Interest     Average  
    Outstanding     Earned/     Yield/     Outstanding     Earned/     Yield/  
    Balance     Paid     Rate     Balance     Paid     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Interest-earning assets:
                                               
Interest-bearing deposits
  $ 158,743     $ 393       0.25 %   $ 32,948     $ 974       2.96 %
Repurchase agreements and federal funds sold
                      5,798       162       2.79  
Securities available-for-sale(1)
    197,824       8,968       4.53       235,385       10,826       4.60  
Securities held-to-maturity
    1,074,279       50,917       4.74       1,438,804       67,977       4.72  
Net loans
    5,482,009       304,678       5.56       4,043,398       229,634       5.68  
Stock in FHLB
    75,938       3,104       4.09       44,939       3,234       7.20  
 
                                       
Total interest-earning assets
    6,988,793       368,060       5.27       5,801,272       312,807       5.39  
 
                                           
Non-interest-earning assets
    231,122                       185,705                  
 
                                           
Total assets
  $ 7,219,915                     $ 5,986,977                  
 
                                           
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                               
Savings deposits
  $ 507,132       10,568       2.08 %   $ 372,846       7,718       2.07 %
Interest-bearing checking
    565,278       11,668       2.06       353,564       7,329       2.07  
Money market accounts
    310,656       6,466       2.08       204,952       5,005       2.44  
Certificates of deposit
    3,015,955       100,660       3.34       2,909,550       132,693       4.56  
 
                                       
Total interest-bearing deposits
    4,399,021       129,362       2.94       3,840,912       152,745       3.98  
Borrowed funds
    1,892,181       72,562       3.83       1,208,529       54,950       4.55  
 
                                       
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    6,291,202       201,924       3.21       5,049,441       207,695       4.11  
 
                                           
Non-interest-bearing liabilities
    131,219                       102,828                  
 
                                           
Total liabilities
    6,422,421                       5,152,269                  
Stockholders’ equity
    797,494                       834,708                  
 
                                           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 7,219,915                     $ 5,986,977                  
 
                                           
Net interest income
          $ 166,136                     $ 105,112          
 
                                           
Net interest rate spread(2)
                    2.06 %                     1.28 %
 
                                           
Net interest-earning assets(3)
  $ 697,591                     $ 751,831                  
 
                                           
Net interest margin(4)
                    2.38 %                     1.81 %
 
                                           
Ratio of interest-earning assets to total interest-bearing liabilities
    1.11                     1.15                
 
                                           
 
(1)   Securities available-for-sale are stated at amortized cost, adjusted for unamortized purchased premiums and discounts.
 
(2)   Net interest rate spread represents the difference between the yield on average interest-earning assets and the cost of average interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(3)   Net interest-earning assets represent total interest-earning assets less total interest-bearing liabilities.
 
(4)   Net interest margin represents net interest income divided by average total interest-earning assets.

52


Table of Contents

Rate/Volume Analysis
     The following table presents the effects of changing rates and volumes on our net interest income for the periods indicated. The rate column shows the effects attributable to changes in rate (changes in rate multiplied by prior volume). The volume column shows the effects attributable to changes in volume (changes in volume multiplied by prior rate). The net column represents the sum of the prior columns. For purposes of this table, changes attributable to both rate and volume, which cannot be segregated, have been allocated proportionately, based on the changes due to rate and the changes due to volume.
                                                                         
    Years Ended December 31,     Six Months Ended December 31,     Years Ended June 30,  
    2010 vs. 2009     2009 vs. 2008     2009 vs. 2008  
    Increase (Decrease)     Net     Increase (Decrease)     Net     Increase (Decrease)     Net  
    Due to     Increase     Due to     Increase     Due to     Increase  
    Volume     Rate     (Decrease)     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)     Volume     Rate     (Decrease)  
    (In thousands)
Interest-earning assets:
                                                                       
Interest-bearing deposits
  $ (329 )   $ (133 )   $ (462 )   $ 365     $ (58 )   $ 307     $ 971     $ (1,552 )   $ (581 )
Repurchase agreements
                                        (162 )           (162 )
Securities available-for-sale
    4,413       (2,387 )     2,026       3,799       (2,364 )     1,435       (1,818 )     (40 )     (1,858 )
Securities held-to-maturity
    (10,491 )     (2,006 )     (12,497 )     (15,169 )     5,351       (9,818 )     (17,644 )     584       (17,060 )
Net loans
    68,386       (13,336 )     55,050       44,655       (20,851 )     23,804       82,755       (7,711 )     75,044  
Stock in FHLB
    314       (111 )     203       (562 )     1,159       597       1,638       (1,768 )     (130 )
 
                                                     
Total interest-earning assets
    62,293       (17,973 )     44,320       33,088       (16,763 )     16,325       65,740       (10,487 )     55,253  
 
                                                     
Interest-bearing liabilities:
                                                                       
Savings deposits
    3,725       (4,300 )     (575 )     4,097       (132 )     3,965       2,798       52       2,850  
Interest-bearing checking
    1,899       (8,745 )     (6,846 )     3,839       (2,255 )     1,584       4,370       (31 )     4,339  
Money market accounts
    3,305       (3,840 )     (535 )     4,530       (3,162 )     1,368       2,285       (824 )     1,461  
Certificates of deposit
    3,363       (27,598 )     (24,235 )     15,138       (28,415 )     (13,277 )     4,697       (36,730 )     (32,033 )
 
                                                     
Total deposits
    12,292       (44,483 )     (32,191 )     27,604       (33,964 )     (6,360 )     14,150       (37,533 )     (23,383 )
Borrowed funds
    (38 )     (574 )     (612 )     (10,322 )     6,854       (3,468 )     22,283       (4,671 )     17,612  
 
                                                     
Total interest-bearing liabilities
    12,254       (45,057 )     (32,803 )     17,282       (27,110 )     (9,828 )     36,433       (42,204 )     (5,771 )
 
                                                     
Increase (decrease) in net interest income
  $ 50,039     $ 27,084     $ 77,123     $ 15,806     $ 10,347     $ 26,153     $ 29,307     $ 31,717     $ 61,024  
 
                                                     
Comparison of Operating Results for the Twelve Months Ended December 31, 2010 and 2009
     Net Income. The net income for the year ended December 31, 2010 was $62.0 million compared to $35.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009.
     Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased by $77.1 million, or 40.1%, to $269.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $192.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase was primarily due to a 71 basis point decrease in our cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 2.07% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 2.78% for the year ended December 31, 2009. This was partially offset by the yield on our interest-earning assets decreasing 3 basis points to 5.04% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 5.07% for the year ended December 31, 2009. Short term interest rates remaining at historically low levels resulted in many of our deposits repricing downward. This had a positive impact on our net interest margin which improved by 64 basis points from 2.53% for the year ended December 31, 2009 to 3.17% for the year ended December 31, 2010.
     Interest and Dividend Income. Total interest and dividend income increased by $44.3 million, or 11.5%, to $428.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $384.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This increase is attributed to the average balance of interest-earning assets increasing $921.0 million, or 12.1%, to $8.51 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $7.59 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009. This was partially offset by a 3 basis point decrease in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets to 5.04% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 5.07% for the year ended December 31, 2009.
     Interest income on loans increased by $55.1 million, or 16.8%, to $383.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $328.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009, reflecting a $1.15 billion, or 19.0%, increase in the average balance of net loans to $7.20 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $6.05 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase is primarily attributed to the average balance of commercial real estate loans and multi-family loans increasing by $497.4 million and $378.8 million, respectively, consistent with our strategy to diversify our loan portfolio by adding more commercial real estate and multi-family loans. In addition, the yield was favorably impacted by commercial real estate prepayment penalties totaling $1.1 million. These increases were partially offset by a 10 basis point decrease in the average yield on loans to 5.33% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 5.43% for the year ended December 31, 2009.
     Interest income on all other interest-earning assets, excluding loans, decreased by $10.7 million, or 19.2%, to $45.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $55.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This decrease reflected a $226.6

53


Table of Contents

million decrease in the average balance of all other interest-earning assets, excluding loans to $1.31 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $1.54 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009. In addition, the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets, excluding loans, decreased 19 basis point to 3.45% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 3.64% for the year ended December 31, 2009. The decrease in yield is primarily attributed to the purchase of additional securities at lower yields and the repricing of our adjustable rate securities.
     Interest Expense. Total interest expense decreased by $32.8 million, or 17.1%, to $159.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $192.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This decrease is attributed to the weighted average cost of total interest-bearing liabilities decreasing 71 basis points to 2.07% for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to 2.78% for the year ended December 31, 2009. This was partially offset by the average balance of total interest-bearing liabilities increasing by $799.3 million, or 11.6%, to $7.70 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $6.90 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009.
     Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits decreased $32.2 million, or 26.2% to $90.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $123.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This decrease is attributed to an 84 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits to 1.53% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 2.37% for the year ended December 31, 2009 as deposit rates decreased to reflect the current interest rate environment. This was partially offset by the average balance of total interest-bearing deposits increasing $737.5 million, or 14.2% to $5.92 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $5.19 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009. Core deposit growth represented 82.7%, or $610.1 million of the increase in the average balance of total interest-bearing deposits.
     Interest expense on borrowed funds decreased by $612,000, or 0.9%, to $68.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $69.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. This decrease is attributed to the average cost of borrowed funds decreasing 17 basis points to 3.85% for the year ended December 31, 2010 from 4.02% for the year ended December 31, 2009 due to the lower interest rate environment. This was partially offset by the average balance of borrowed funds increasing by $61.8 million or 3.6%, to $1.78 billion for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $1.72 billion for the year ended December 31, 2009.
     Provision for Loan Losses. Our provision for loan losses for year ended December 31, 2010 was $66.5 million compared to $39.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Net charge-offs totaled $30.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to net charge-offs of $14.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase in our provision is due to continued growth in the loan portfolio; the increased inherent credit risk in our overall portfolio, particularly the credit risk associated with commercial real estate lending; an increase in non-performing loans and loan delinquency; and the adverse economic conditions in our lending area.
     Non-Interest Income. Total non-interest income was $26.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 compared to $14.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. The increase of $11.7 million is primarily attributed to a $4.1 million increase in fees and service charges, $4.1 million increase in gain on loan sales and a $1.8 million gain on bargain purchase in connection with the Millenium deposit acquisition. The year ended December 31, 2009 included a $1.8 million gain from the sale of our largest non-performing loan and a $1.3 million pre-tax other-than-temporary impairment (“OTTI”) non-cash charge on certain pooled trust preferred securities (“TruPS”).
     Non-Interest Expenses. Total non-interest expenses increased by $21.7 million, or 19.9%, to $130.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 from $109.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2009. Compensation and fringe benefits increased $9.9 million as a result of staff additions in our retail banking areas due to acquisitions and de novo growth, staff additions in our mortgage company and commercial real estate lending department, as well as normal merit increases. Occupancy expense increased $5.7 million as a result of the costs associated with expanding our branch network including the one time charge of $700,000 for the consolidation and closing of two Millennium branches. Professional fees increased $2.0 million for initiatives supporting the Company’s growth. Advertising increased $1.8 million due to marketing efforts relative to our business expansion and data processing increased $1.2 million primarily due to increased volume of accounts. These increases were partially offset by a reduction of $1.4 million in FDIC insurance premiums as the year ended December 31, 2009 included a $3.7 million special assessment on insured financial institutions to rebuild the Deposit Insurance Fund.
     Income Tax Expense. Income tax expense was $36.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2010, representing a 37.11% effective tax rate. For the year ended December 31, 2009, there was an income tax expense of $23.4 million representing a 40.04% effective tax rate. The decrease in the effective tax rate is due to the gain on bargain purchase which is not taxable and more revenue generated in states other than New Jersey.

54


Table of Contents

Comparison of Operating Results for the Six Month Period Ended December 31, 2009 and 2008
     Net Income. The net income for the six months ended December 31, 2009 was $22.6 million compared to a net loss of $77.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008. The net loss in the prior period included the recognition of non-cash other-than-temporary impairment charges related to our portfolio of pooled bank trust preferred collateralized debt obligations of $156.7 million pre-tax for the six month period.
     Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased by $26.2 million, or 32.0%, to $107.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from $81.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008. The increase was caused primarily by a 84 basis point decrease in our cost of interest-bearing liabilities to 2.51% for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from 3.35% for the six months ended December 31, 2008. This was partially offset by a 40 basis point decrease in our yield on interest-earning assets to 5.00% for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from 5.40% for the six months ended December 31, 2008. Our net interest margin improved by 30 basis points from 2.42% for the six months ended December 31, 2008 to 2.72% for the six months ended December 31, 2009. Our net interest margin for the six months ended December 31, 2009 has been positively impacted by a steeper yield curve which allowed us to reduce deposit rates while keeping mortgage rates relatively stable.
     Interest and Dividend Income. Total interest and dividend income increased by $16.3 million, or 9.0%, to $198.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from $181.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008. This increase is due to the average balance of interest-earning assets increasing $1.19 billion, or 17.6%, to $7.93 billion for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from $6.74 billion for the six months ended December 31, 2008. This was partially offset by a 40 basis point decrease in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets to 5.00% for the six months ended December 31, 2009 compared to 5.40% for the six months ended December 31, 2008.
     Interest income on loans increased by $23.8 million, or 16.0%, to $172.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from $148.8 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008, reflecting a $1.13 billion, or 21.5%, increase in the average balance of net loans to $6.37 billion for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from $5.24 billion for the six months ended December 31, 2008. This was partially offset by the average yield on loans decreasing 26 basis points to 5.42% for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from 5.68% for the six months ended December 31, 2008. This is attributed to higher loan refinancing activity as customers took advantage of lower rates primarily on residential mortgage loans and to a lesser extent, the repricing of adjustable rate loans.
     Interest income on all other interest-earning assets, excluding loans, decreased by $7.5 million, or 22.5%, to $25.7 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from $33.2 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008. This decrease reflected a 113 basis point decrease in the average yield on all other interest-earning assets, excluding loans, to 3.30% for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from 4.43% for the six months ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in yield is primarily attributed to the repricing of our adjustable rate securities and an increase in the average balance of interest bearing deposits which had a yield of 0.23%.
     Interest Expense. Total interest expense decreased by $9.8 million, or 9.8%, to $90.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from $100.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008. This decrease was due to the weighted average cost of total interest-bearing liabilities decreasing 84 basis points to 2.51% for the six months ended December 31, 2009 compared to 3.35% for the six months ended December 31, 2008. This was partially offset by the average balance of total interest-bearing liabilities increasing by $1.22 billion, or 20.4%, to $7.21 billion for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from $5.99 billion for the six months ended December 31, 2008.
     Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits decreased $6.4 million, or 10.1% to $56.6 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from $62.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008. This decrease was due to a 112 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits to 2.03% for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from 3.15% for the six months ended December 31, 2008. This was partially offset by the average balance of interest-bearing deposits increasing $1.57 billion, or 39.2% to $5.57 billion for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from $4.00 billion for the six months ended December 31, 2008.
     Interest expense on borrowed funds decreased by $3.5 million, or 9.3%, to $33.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from $37.4 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008. This decrease is attributed to the average balance of borrowed funds decreasing by $347.6 million or 17.5%, to $1.64 billion for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from $1.99 billion for the six months ended December 31, 2008. This was partially offset by the average cost of borrowed funds increasing 38 basis points to 4.13% for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from 3.75% for the six months ended December 31, 2008.

55


Table of Contents

     Provision for Loan Losses. Our provision for loan losses for the six month period ended December 31, 2009 was $23.4 million compared to $13.0 million for the six month period ended December 31, 2008. Net charge-offs totaled $15.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009, compared to net charge-offs of sixteen thousand for the six months ended December 31, 2008. The charges offs during the six months ended December 31, 2009 included 12 construction loans for a total of $13.4 million. All charge-offs were fully reserved for in prior periods. The increase in the allowance is primarily attributable to the higher current period loan loss provision which reflects the overall growth in the loan portfolio, particularly residential multi family and commercial real estate loans; the increased inherent credit risk in our overall portfolio, particularly the credit risk associated with commercial real estate lending; and internal downgrades of the risk ratings on certain construction loans; the level of non-performing loans; and the adverse economic environment.
     Non-Interest Income. Total non-interest income was $9.0 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009 compared to a loss of $154.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008. This difference was largely the result of a $158.0 million loss on securities transactions in the six months ended December 31, 2008 primarily attributed to a $156.7 million OTTI charge mentioned above. Gain on loan sales increased by $4.4 million to $4.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009 as management decided to sell lower yielding refinanced residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. In addition we recognized a $1.8 million gain from the sale of a $19.4 million non-performing loan. Fees and service charges also increased $1.5 million to $2.9 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009.
     Non-Interest Expenses. Total non-interest expenses increased by $11.3 million, or 25.1%, to $56.5 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009 from $45.2 million for the six months ended December 31, 2008. Compensation and fringe benefits increased during the six months ended December 31, 2009 as a result of staff additions in our commercial real estate, retail banking areas and our mortgage company as well as the accelerated vesting of our Chairman’s stock awards upon his death in December 2009. FDIC insurance premiums increased as a result of an increase in our deposits and an increase in the FDIC premium rate. Occupancy expense increased as a result of the costs associated with expanding our branch network.
     Income Taxes. Income tax expense was $14.3 million for the six months ended December 31, 2009 representing a 38.8% effective tax rate for the period. For the six months ended December 31, 2008 there was an income tax benefit of $53.3 million which was primarily the result of the OTTI charge taken on our pooled trust preferred securities.
Comparison of Operating Results for the Years Ended June 30, 2009 and 2008
     Net Income. The net loss for the year ended June 30, 2009 was $64.9 million compared to net income of $16.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2008. Excluding the FDIC special assessment and the OTTI charges taken during the fiscal year earnings were $31.5 million compared to earnings of $16.3 for the year ended June 30, 2008.
     Net Interest Income. Net interest income increased by $61.0 million, or 58.1%, to $166.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 from $105.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2008. Our net interest margin also increased by 57 basis points from 1.81% for the year ended June 30, 2008 to 2.38% for the year ended June 30, 2009.
     Interest and Dividend Income. Total interest and dividend income increased by $55.3 million, or 17.7%, to $368.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 from $312.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2008. This increase was primarily due to a $1.19 billion, or 20.4%, increase in the average balance of interest-earning assets to $6.99 billion for the year ended June 30, 2009 from $5.80 billion for the year ended June 30, 2008. We took advantage of several opportunities to grow assets by purchasing high quality mortgage loans and continued our focus on growing our multifamily loan portfolio. This increase was partially offset by a 12 basis point decrease in the weighted average yield on interest-earning assets to 5.27% for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to 5.39% for the year ended June 30, 2008.
     Interest income on loans increased by $75.0 million, or 32.7%, to $304.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 from $229.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2008, reflecting a $1.44 billion, or 35.6%, increase in the average balance of net loans to $5.48 billion for the year ended June 30, 2009 from $4.04 billion for the year ended June 30, 2008. This increase was partially offset by a 12 basis point decrease in the average yield on loans to 5.56% for the year ended June 30, 2009 from 5.68% for the year ended June 30, 2008.
     Interest income on all other interest-earning assets, excluding loans, decreased by $19.8 million, or 23.8%, to $63.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 from $83.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2008. This decrease reflected a $251.1 million decrease in the average balance of securities and other interest-earning assets, which is consistent with our strategic plan to change our mix of assets by reducing the size of our securities portfolio and increasing the size of our loan portfolio. In addition, the average yield on securities and other interest-earning assets decreased 52 basis points to 4.21% for the year ended June 30, 2009 from 4.73% for the year ended June 30, 2008.

56


Table of Contents

     Interest Expense. Total interest expense decreased by $5.8 million, or 2.8%, to $201.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 from $207.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2008. This decrease was primarily due to a 90 basis point decrease in the weighted average cost of total interest-bearing liabilities to 3.21% for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to 4.11% for the year ended June 30, 2008 partially offset by a $1.24 billion, or 24.6%, increase in the average balance of total interest-bearing liabilities to $6.29 billion for the year ended June 30, 2009 from $5.05 billion for the year ended June 30, 2008.
     Interest expense on interest-bearing deposits decreased $23.3 million, or 15.3%, to $129.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 from $152.7 million for the year ended June 30, 2008. This decrease was due to a 104 basis point decrease in the average cost of interest-bearing deposits to 2.94% at June 30, 2009 partially offset by a $558.1 million increase in the average balance of interest-bearing deposits.
     Interest expense on borrowed funds increased by $17.6 million, or 32.0%, to $72.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 from $55.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2008. This increase was primarily due to a $683.7 million, or 56.6%, increase in the average balance of borrowed funds to $1.89 billion for the year ended June 30, 2009 from $1.21 billion for the year ended June 30, 2008. This was partially offset by a 72 basis point decrease in the average cost of borrowed funds to 3.83% for the year ended June 30, 2009 from 4.55% for the year ended June 30, 2009 as lower short term interest rates allowed us to obtain funding at lower interest rates.
     Provision for Loan Losses. The provision for loan losses was $29.0 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to $6.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2008. There were net charge-offs of $25,000 for the year ended June 30, 2009 compared to net charge-offs of $31,000 for the year ended June 30, 2008.
     Non-Interest Income. Total non-interest income decreased by $155.8 million to a loss of $148.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 from income of $7.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2008. This decrease was largely the result of a $159.3 million loss on securities transactions in the year ended June 30, 2009 primarily attributed to a $158.5 million OTTI charge mentioned above. Gain on loan sales increased by $3.7 million to $4.3 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 as management decided to sell lower yielding refinanced residential mortgage loans in the secondary market. Additionally, income associated with our bank owned life insurance decreased $1.1 million resulting from lower market interest rates.
     Non-Interest Expenses. Total non-interest expenses increased by $17.0 million, or 21.1%, to $97.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 from $80.8 million for the year ended June 30, 2008. This increase was primarily the result of FDIC insurance premiums increasing $8.1 million to $8.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2009. In addition, compensation and fringe benefits increased by $6.2 million, or 11.5%, to $60.1 million for the year ended June 30, 2009. This increase was due to the accelerated vesting of two participants in the equity incentive plan; additional equity incentive plan expense for grants made during 2008; staff additions in our commercial real estate, retail banking areas and our mortgage company. The year ended June 30, 2008 included a $2.3 million gain related to the curtailment and settlement of our postretirement benefit obligation and a $1.1 million compensation expense reduction for employee benefit plans and a $1.5 million non-recurring compensation expense recorded as a result of the merger of Summit Federal for a retirement plan payout and employee retention bonuses.
     Income Taxes. Income tax benefit was $44.2 million for the year ended June 30, 2009 representing a 40.51% effective tax benefit rate for the period. The benefit is primarily the result of the OTTI charge taken on our pooled trust preferred securities. For the year ended June 30, 2008 there was an income tax expense of $9.0 million representing an effective tax expense rate of 36.03% for the period.
Management of Market Risk
     Qualitative Analysis. We believe one significant form of market risk is interest rate risk. Interest rate risk results from timing differences in the maturity or re-pricing of our assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts (i.e., loan commitments); the effect of loan prepayments, deposits and withdrawals; the difference in the behavior of lending and funding rates arising from the uses of different indices; and “yield curve risk” arising from changing interest rate relationships across the spectrum of maturities for constant or variable credit risk investments. Besides directly affecting our net interest income, changes in market interest rates can also affect the amount of new loan originations, the ability of borrowers to repay variable rate loans, the volume of loan prepayments and refinancings, the carrying value of securities classified as available for sale and the mix and flow of deposits.
     The general objective of our interest rate risk management is to determine the appropriate level of risk given our business model and then manage that risk in a manner consistent with our policy to reduce, to the extent possible, the exposure of our net interest income to changes in market interest rates. Our Interest Rate Risk Committee, which consists of senior management, evaluates the interest rate risk inherent in certain assets and liabilities, our operating environment and capital and liquidity requirements and

57


Table of Contents

modifies our lending, investing and deposit gathering strategies accordingly. On a quarterly basis, our Board of Directors reviews the Interest Rate Risk Committee report, the aforementioned activities and strategies, the estimated effect of those strategies on our net interest margin and the estimated effect that changes in market interest rates may have on the economic value of our loan and securities portfolios, as well as the intrinsic value of our deposits and borrowings.
     We actively evaluate interest rate risk in connection with our lending, investing and deposit activities. Historically, our lending activities have emphasized one- to four-family fixed- and variable- rate first mortgages. At December 31, 2010, approximately 41.2% of our residential portfolio was in variable rate products, while 58.8% was in fixed rate products. Our variable-rate mortgage related assets have helped to reduce our exposure to interest rate fluctuations and is expected to benefit our long-term profitability, as the rate earned in the mortgage loans will increase as prevailing market rates increase. However, the current interest rate environment, and the preferences of our customers, has resulted in more of a demand for fixed-rate products. This may adversely impact our net interest income, particularly in a rising rate environment. To help manage our interest rate risk, we have increased our focus on the origination of commercial real estate mortgage loans, particularly multi-family loans, as these loan types reduce our interest rate risk due to their shorter term compared to residential mortgage loans. In addition, we primarily invest in shorter-to-medium duration securities, which generally have shorter average lives and lower yields compared to longer term securities. Shortening the average lives of our securities, along with originating more adjustable-rate mortgages and commercial real estate mortgages, will help to reduce interest rate risk.
     We retain an independent, nationally recognized consulting firm who specializes in asset and liability management to complete our quarterly interest rate risk reports. We also retain a second nationally recognized consulting firm to prepare independently comparable interest rate risk reports for the purpose of validation. Both firms use a combination of analyses to monitor our exposure to changes in interest rates. The economic value of equity analysis is a model that estimates the change in net portfolio value (“NPV”) over a range of immediately changed interest rate scenarios. NPV is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities, and off-balance sheet contracts. In calculating changes in NPV, assumptions estimating loan prepayment rates, reinvestment rates and deposit decay rates that seem most likely based on historical experience during prior interest rate changes are used.
     The net interest income analysis uses data derived from an asset and liability analysis, described below, and applies several additional elements, including actual interest rate indices and margins, contractual limitations and the U.S. Treasury yield curve as of the balance sheet date. In addition we apply consistent parallel yield curve shifts (in both directions) to determine possible changes in net interest income if the theoretical yield curve shifts occurred gradually. Net interest income analysis also adjusts the asset and liability repricing analysis based on changes in prepayment rates resulting from the parallel yield curve shifts.
     Our asset and liability analysis determines the relative balance between the repricing of assets and liabilities over multiple periods of time (ranging from overnight to five years). This asset and liability analysis includes expected cash flows from loans and mortgage-backed securities, applying prepayment rates based on the differential between the current interest rate and the market interest rate for each loan and security type. This analysis identifies mismatches in the timing of asset and liability but does not necessarily provide an accurate indicator of interest rate risk because the assumptions used in the analysis may not reflect the actual response to market changes.
     Quantitative Analysis. The table below sets forth, as of December 31, 2010, the estimated changes in our NPV and our net interest income that would result from the designated changes in interest rates. Such changes to interest rates are calculated as an immediate and permanent change for the purposes of computing NPV and a gradual change over a one year period for the purposes of computing net interest income. Computations of prospective effects of hypothetical interest rate changes are based on numerous assumptions including relative levels of market interest rates, loan prepayments and deposit decay, and should not be relied upon as indicative of actual results. We did not estimate changes in NPV or net interest income for an interest rate decrease of greater than 100 basis points or increase of greater than 200 basis points.

58


Table of Contents

                                                 
                            Net Interest Income  
    Net Portfolio Value(2)             Increase (Decrease) in  
Change in           Estimated Increase     Estimated Net     Estimated Net Interest  
Interest Rates   Estimated     (Decrease)     Interest     Income  
(basis points)(1)   NPV     Amount     Percent     Income(3)     Amount     Percent  
                    (Dollars in thousands)                  
+ 200bp
  $ 873,375     $ (324,755 )     (27.1 )%   $ 299,708     $ (17,726 )     (5.6 )%
  0bp
  $ 1,198,130                 $ 317,434              
- 100bp
  $ 1,250,393     $ 52,263       4.4 %   $ 324,118     $ 6,684       2.1 %
 
(1)   Assumes an instantaneous and parallel shift in interest rates at all maturities.
 
(2)   NPV is the discounted present value of expected cash flows from assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet contracts.
 
(3)   Assumes a gradual change in interest rates over a one year period at all maturities.
     The table set forth above indicates at December 31, 2010, in the event of a 200 basis points increase in interest rates, we would be expected to experience a 27.1% decrease in NPV and a $17.7 million, or 5.6%, decrease in net interest income. In the event of a 100 basis points decrease in interest rates, we would be expected to experience a 4.4% increase in NPV and a $6.7 million, or 2.1%, increase in net interest income. These data do not reflect any future actions we may take in response to changes in interest rates, such as changing the mix of our assets and liabilities, which could change the results of the NPV and net interest income calculations.
     As mentioned above, we retain two nationally recognized firms to compute our quarterly interest rate risk reports. Although we are confident of the accuracy of the results, certain shortcomings are inherent in any methodology used in the above interest rate risk measurements. Modeling changes in NPV and net interest income require certain assumptions that may or may not reflect the manner in which actual yields and costs respond to changes in market interest rates. The NPV and net interest income table presented above assumes the composition of our interest-rate sensitive assets and liabilities existing at the beginning of a period remains constant over the period being measured and, accordingly, the data do not reflect any actions we may take in response to changes in interest rates. The table also assumes a particular change in interest rates is reflected uniformly across the yield curve regardless of the duration to maturity or the repricing characteristics of specific assets and liabilities. Accordingly, although the NPV and net interest income table provide an indication of our sensitivity to interest rate changes at a particular point in time, such measurement is not intended to and does not provide a precise forecast of the effects of changes in market interest rates on our NPV and net interest income.
Liquidity and Capital Resources
     Liquidity is the ability to meet current and future financial obligations of a short-term nature. Our primary sources of liquidity consist of deposit inflows, loan repayments and maturities and borrowings from the FHLB and others. While maturities and scheduled amortization of loans and securities are predictable sources of funds, deposit flows and mortgage prepayments are greatly influenced by general interest rates, economic conditions and competition. From time to time we may evaluate the sale of securities as a possible liquidity source. Our Interest Rate Risk Committee is responsible for establishing and monitoring our liquidity targets and strategies to ensure that sufficient liquidity exists for meeting the borrowing needs of our customers as well as unanticipated contingencies.
     We regularly adjust our investments in liquid assets based upon our assessment of (1) expected loan demand, (2) expected deposit flows, (3) yields available on interest-earning deposits and securities, and (4) the objectives of our asset/liability management program. Excess liquid assets are invested generally in interest-earning deposits and short- and intermediate-term securities.
     Our primary source of funds is cash provided by principal and interest payments on loans and securities. Principal repayments on loans for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 were $1.79 billion, $1.74 billion, $882.2 million, $1.19 billion, and $599.5 million, respectively. Principal repayments on securities for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 were $443.4 million, $356.2 million, $194.5 million, $408.6 million, and $402.1 million, respectively. There were sales of securities during year ended December 31, 2010 of $12.0 million and no sales for the year and six month periods ended December 31, 2009 and year ended June 30, 2009. During the year ended June 30, 2008 we received proceeds from the sale of securities of $250,000.
     In addition to cash provided by principal and interest payments on loans and securities, our other sources of funds include cash provided by operating activities, deposits and borrowings. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, six month period ended December 31, 2009 and for fiscal years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 totaled $163.5 million, $51.5 million, $40.9 million, $39.1 million, and $23.7 million, respectively. Excluding deposits from the acquisition of Millennium

59


Table of Contents

bcpbank, total deposits had net increases of $301.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, deposits increased $862.3 million excluding deposits from the Banco Popular and American Bancorp acquisition, for the six month period ended December 31, 2009, a net increase of $107.4 million excluding Banco Popular. Excluding deposits from the acquisition of American Bancorp, total deposits had net increases of $1.02 billion for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 and $202.1 million for fiscal year ended June 30, 2008. Deposit flows are affected by the overall level of market interest rates, the interest rates and products offered by us and our local competitors, and other factors.
     Our net borrowings at December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009, and at June 30, 2009, 2008 increased/(decreased) $226.0 million, $(533) million (twelve month change), $(130) million (six month change), $570.0 million and $524.9 million, respectively. The increase in borrowings was largely due new loan originations outpacing the deposit growth and principal run-off from the securities portfolio.
     Our primary use of funds is for the origination and purchase of loans and the purchase of securities. During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, for the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, we originated loans of $2.06 billion, $1.41 billion, $914.3 million, $963.2 million, and $657.5 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, for the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, we purchased loans of $1.07 billion, $895.0 million, $452.3 million, $1.26 billion, and $996.3 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, for the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, we purchased securities of $350.8 million, $284.2 million, $180.0 million, $214.3 million, and $24.5 million, respectively. In addition, we utilized $24.5 million, $5.8 million, $2.4 million, $4.5 million, and $60.1 million, during the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, for the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and for the fiscal years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, to repurchase shares of our common stock under our stock repurchase plans.
     At December 31, 2010, we had $423.7 million in loan commitments outstanding. In addition to commitments to originate and purchase loans, we had $496.4 million in unused home equity, overdraft lines of credit, and undisbursed business and construction loans. Certificates of deposit due within one year of December 31, 2010 totaled $2.21 billion, or 32.6% of total deposits. If these deposits do not remain with us, we will be required to seek other sources of funds, including other certificates of deposit and FHLB advances. Depending on market conditions, we may be required to pay higher rates on such deposits or other borrowings than we currently pay on the certificates of deposit due on or before December 31, 2011. We believe, however, based on past experience that a significant portion of our certificates of deposit will remain with us. We have the ability to attract and retain deposits by adjusting the interest rates offered.
     Liquidity management is both a daily and long-term function of business management. Our most liquid assets are cash and cash equivalents. The levels of these assets depend upon our operating, financing, lending and investing activities during any given period. At December 31, 2010, cash and cash equivalents totaled $76.2 million. Securities classified as available-for-sale, which provide additional sources of liquidity, totaled $602.7 million at December 31, 2010. If we require funds beyond our ability to generate them internally, borrowing agreements exist with the FHLB and other financial institutions, which provide an additional source of funds At December 31, 2010, the Company participated in the FHLB’s Overnight Advance program. This program allows members to borrow overnight up to their maximum borrowing capacity at the FHLB. At December 31, 2010 our borrowing capacity at the FHLB was $2.77 billion, of which $1.44 billion was outstanding. The overnight advances are priced at the federal funds rate plus a spread (generally between 20 and 40 basis points) and re-price daily. In addition, the Bank had a 12-month commitment for overnight borrowings with other institutions totaling $50 million, of which no balance was outstanding at December 31, 2010.
     Investors Savings Bank is subject to various regulatory capital requirements, including a risk-based capital measure. The risk-based capital guidelines include both a definition of capital and a framework for calculating risk-weighted assets by assigning balance sheet assets and off-balance sheet items to broad risk categories. At December 31, 2010, Investors Savings Bank exceeded all regulatory capital requirements. Investors Savings Bank is considered “well capitalized” under regulatory guidelines. See Item 1 Business “Supervision and Regulation — Federal Banking Regulation — Capital Requirements.”

60


Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements and Aggregate Contractual Obligations
     Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements. As a financial services provider, we routinely are a party to various financial instruments with off-balance-sheet risks, such as commitments to extend credit and unused lines of credit. While these contractual obligations represent our future cash requirements, a significant portion of our commitments to extend credit may expire without being drawn upon. Such commitments are subject to the same credit policies and approval processes that we use for loans that we originate.
     Contractual Obligations. In the ordinary course of our operations, we enter into certain contractual obligations. Such obligations include operating leases for premises and equipment.
     The following table summarizes our significant fixed and determinable contractual obligations and other funding needs by payment date at December 31, 2010. The payment amounts represent those amounts due to the recipient and do not include any unamortized premiums or discounts or other similar carrying amount adjustments.
                                         
    Payments Due by Period  
    Less than     One to     Three to     More than        
Contractual Obligations   One Year     Three Years     Five Years     Five Years     Total  
                    (In thousands)          
Other borrowed funds
  $ 501,000       370,514       405,000       50,000       1,326,514  
Repurchase agreements
    250,000       250,000                   500,000  
Operating leases
    7,961       13,958       13,140       41,196       76,255  
 
                             
Total
  $ 758,961       634,472       418,140       91,196       1,902,769  
 
                             
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
     In July 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-20 to provide financial statement users with greater transparency about an entity’s allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables. The objective of the ASU is to provide disclosures that assist financial statement users in their evaluation of (1) the nature of an entity’s credit risk associated with its financing receivables, (2) how the entity analyzes and assesses that risk in arriving at the allowance for credit losses and (3) the changes in the allowance for credit losses and the reasons for those changes. Disclosures provided to meet the objective above should be provided on a disaggregated basis. The disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. In January 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-01 “Receivables (Topic 310): Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20” which defers the effective date of the loan modification disclosures. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. The disclosures required by this pronouncement can be found in Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
     In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-18, which states that modifications of loans that are accounted for within a pool under ASC 310-30 do not result in the removal of those loans from the pool even if the modification of those loans would otherwise be considered a troubled debt restructuring. An entity will continue to be required to consider whether the pool of assets in which the loan is included is impaired if expected cash flows for the pool change. The amendments do not affect the accounting for loans under the scope of ASC 310-30 that are not accounted for within pools. Loans accounted for individually under ASC 310-30 continue to be subject to the troubled debt restructuring accounting provisions within ASC 310-40, “Receivables—Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors”. The amendments are effective for modifications of loans accounted for within pools under Subtopic 310-30 occurring in the first interim or annual period ending on or after July 15, 2010. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.
     In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-09, which amended the subsequent events pronouncement issued in May 2009. The amendment removed the requirement to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. This pronouncement became effective immediately upon issuance and is to be applied prospectively. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.
     In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06 to improve disclosures about fair value measurements. This guidance requires new disclosures on transfers into and out of Level 1 and 2 measurements of the fair value hierarchy and requires separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements. It also clarifies existing fair value disclosures relating to the level of disaggregation and inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. It was effective for the first reporting period (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to provide the Level 3 activity of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis, which will be effective for fiscal years beginning after

61


Table of Contents

December 15, 2010. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.
     In June 2009, the FASB Codification (the “Codification”) was issued. The Codification is the source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) recognized by the FASB to be applied by non-governmental entities. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. All other non-grandfathered non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification became non-authoritative. This Statement was effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The implementation of this standard did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations.
     In June 2009, the FASB issued ASC 860, an amendment to the accounting and disclosure requirements for transfers of financial assets. The guidance defines the term “participating interest” to establish specific conditions for reporting a transfer of a portion of a financial asset as a sale. If the transfer does not meet those conditions, a transferor should account for the transfer as a sale only if it transfers an entire financial asset or a group of entire financial assets and surrenders control over the entire transferred asset(s). The guidance requires that a transferor recognize and initially measure at fair value all assets obtained (including a transferor’s beneficial interest) and liabilities incurred as a result of a transfer of financial assets accounted for as a sale. This Statement is effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. The Company is evaluating the impact the adoption of ASC 860 will have on its financial condition, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.
     In June 2008, the FASB ratified ASC 840-10, “Accounting by Lessees for Nonrefundable Maintenance Deposits”. ASC 840-10 requires that all nonrefundable maintenance deposits be accounted for as a deposit with the deposit expensed or capitalized in accordance with the lessee’s maintenance accounting policy when the underlying maintenance is performed. Once it is determined that an amount on deposit is not probable of being used to fund future maintenance expense, it is to be recognized as additional expense at the time such determination is made. ASC 840-10 is effective for fiscal years beginning after July 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC 840-10 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.
     In June 2008, ASC 260-10 was issued which addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share. The Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2009. The adoption of ASC 260-10 on July 1, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
     In February 2008, ASC 820-10, “Effective Date of ASC 820,” was issued. ASC 820-10 delayed the application of ASC 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities until July 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC 820-10 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
     In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC 805, “Business Combinations.” ASC 805 requires most identifiable assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests, and goodwill acquired in a business combination to be recorded at “full fair value.” ASC 805 applies to all business combinations, including combinations among mutual entities and combinations by contract alone. Under ASC 805, all business combinations will be accounted for by applying the acquisition method. The adoption of ASC 805 on July 1, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

62


Table of Contents

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices
     The consolidated financial statements and related notes of Investors Bancorp, Inc. have been prepared in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles. GAAP generally requires the measurement of financial position and operating results in terms of historical dollars without considering changes in the relative purchasing power of money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of our operations. Unlike industrial companies, our assets and liabilities are primarily monetary in nature. As a result, changes in market interest rates have a greater impact on performance than the effects of inflation.
ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURE ABOUT MARKET RISK
     For information regarding market risk see Item 7- “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
     The Financial Statements are included in Part IV, Item 15 of this Form 10-K.
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
     Not Applicable.
ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
     (a) Evaluation of disclosure controls and procedures.
     With the participation of management, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer have evaluated the effectiveness of the design and operation of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rule 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31, 2010. Based upon that evaluation, the Principal Executive Officer and Principal Financial Officer concluded that, as of that date, the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are effective to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports that the Company files or submits under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported, within the time periods specified in the Securities and Exchange Commission’s rules and forms.
     (b) Changes in internal controls.
     There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended December 31, 2010 that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting and we identified no material weaknesses requiring corrective action with respect to those controls.
     (c) Management report on internal control over financial reporting.
     The management of Investors Bancorp Inc. is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Investors Bancorp’s internal control system is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance to the Company’s management and board of directors regarding the preparation and fair presentation of published financial statements.
     Our internal control over financial reporting includes policies and procedures that pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect transactions and dispositions of assets; provide reasonable assurances that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and the directors of Investors Bancorp; and provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of Investors Bancorp’s assets that could have a material effect on our financial statements.

63


Table of Contents

     All internal control systems, no matter how well designed, have inherent limitations. Therefore, even those systems determined to be effective can provide only reasonable assurance with respect to financial statement preparation and presentation. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
     Investors Bancorp’s management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. In making this assessment, we used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in Internal Control-Integrated Framework. Based on our assessment we believe that, as of December 31, 2010, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting is effective based on those criteria.
     Investors Bancorp’s independent registered public accounting firm that audited the consolidated financial statements has issued an audit report on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010. This report appears on page 66.
     The Sarbanes-Oxley Act Section 302 Certifications have been filed with the SEC as exhibit 31.1 and exhibit 31.2 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
     Not Applicable.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
     Information regarding directors, executive officers and corporate governance of the Company is incorporated herein by reference in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
     Information regarding executive compensation is incorporated herein by reference in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
     Information regarding security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management is incorporated herein by reference in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the 2010 Annual Meeting of Stockholders. Information regarding equity compensation plans is incorporated here in by reference in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS, RELATED TRANSACTIONS AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
     Information regarding certain relationships and related transactions, and director independence is incorporated herein by reference in the Company’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES
     Information regarding principal accounting fees and services is incorporated herein by reference in Investors Bancorp’s definitive Proxy Statement to be filed with respect to the 2011 Annual Meeting of Stockholders.
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
     (a)(1) Financial Statements

64


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Investors Bancorp, Inc.
Short Hills, New Jersey:
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010, the six-month period ended December 31, 2009, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2009. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010, the six-month period ended December 31, 2009, and for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2009, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
As discussed in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed its method of evaluating other-than-temporary impairments of debt securities due to the adoption of new accounting requirements issued by the FASB, as of April 1, 2009.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control —Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO), and our report dated March 1, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.
/s/ KPMG LLP
Short Hills, New Jersey
March 1, 2011

65


Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
The Board of Directors and Stockholders
Investors Bancorp, Inc.
Short Hills, New Jersey:
We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk. Our audit also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2010, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated balance sheets of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010 and 2009, and the related consolidated statements of operations, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2010, the six-month period ended December 31, 2009 and for each of the years in the two-year period ended June 30, 2009, and our report dated March 1, 2011 expressed an unqualified opinion on those consolidated financial statements.
         
     
  /s/ KPMG LLP
 
 
  Short Hills, New Jersey   
  March 1, 2011  

66


Table of Contents

         
INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
ASSETS
               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 76,224       73,606  
Securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value (notes 4 and 9)
    602,733       471,243  
Securities held-to-maturity, net (estimated fair value of $514,223 and $753,405 at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively) (notes 4 and 9)
    478,536       717,441  
Loans receivable, net (note 5)
    7,917,705       6,615,459  
Loans held-for-sale
    35,054       27,043  
Stock in the Federal Home Loan Bank
    80,369       66,202  
Accrued interest receivable (note 6)
    40,541       36,942  
Other Real Estate Owned
    976        
Office properties and equipment, net (note 7)
    56,927       49,384  
Net deferred tax asset (note 10)
    128,210       117,143  
Bank owned life insurance (note 1)
    117,039       114,542  
Intangible assets
    39,004       31,668  
Other assets
    28,813       37,143  
 
           
 
  $ 9,602,131       8,357,816  
 
           
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY
               
Liabilities:
               
Deposits (note 8)
  $ 6,774,930       5,840,643  
Borrowed funds (note 9)
    1,826,514       1,600,542  
Advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    34,977       29,675  
Other liabilities
    64,431       36,743  
 
           
Total liabilities
    8,700,852       7,507,603  
 
           
Commitments and contingencies (note 12)
               
Stockholders’ equity (notes 3 and 15):
               
Preferred stock, $0.01 par value, 50,000,000 authorized shares; none issued
           
Common stock, $0.01 par value, 200,000,000 shares authorized; 118,020,280 issued; 112,851,127 and 114,448,888 outstanding at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively
    532       532  
Additional paid-in capital
    533,720       530,133  
Retained earnings
    483,269       422,211  
Treasury stock, at cost; 5,169,153 and 3,571,392 shares at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively
    (62,033 )     (44,810 )
Unallocated common stock held by the employee stock ownership plan
    (34,033 )     (35,451 )
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
    (20,176 )     (22,402 )
 
           
Total stockholders’ equity
    901,279       850,213  
 
           
Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity
  $ 9,602,131       8,357,816  
 
           
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

67


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Operations
                                         
                    Six-Month Period        
                    Ended        
    Year Ended December 31,     December 31,     Year Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2009     2008  
            (Unaudited)                          
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
Interest and dividend income:
                                       
Loans receivable and loans held-for-sale
  $ 383,531       328,482       172,575       304,678       229,634  
Securities:
                                       
Government-sponsored enterprise obligations
    710       1,049       453       1,587       4,662  
Mortgage-backed securities
    35,857       44,690       21,431       49,531       62,919  
Equity securities available-for-sale
                      64       287  
Municipal bonds and other debt
    4,463       5,763       1,446       8,703       10,935  
Interest-bearing deposits
    238       700       346       393       974  
Repurchase agreements
                            162  
Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    3,904       3,701       2,021       3,104       3,234  
 
                             
Total interest and dividend income
    428,703       384,385       198,272       368,060       312,807  
 
                             
Interest expense:
                                       
Deposits (note 8)
    90,811       123,002       56,577       129,362       152,745  
Borrowed funds
    68,482       69,094       33,894       72,562       54,950  
 
                             
Total interest expense
    159,293       192,096       90,471       201,924       207,695  
 
                             
Net interest income
    269,410       192,289       107,801       166,136       105,112  
Provision for loan losses (note 5)
    66,500       39,450       23,425       29,025       6,646  
 
                             
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    202,910       152,839       84,376       137,111       98,466  
 
                             
Non-interest income (loss):
                                       
Fees and service charges
    8,757       4,660       2,938       3,174       3,022  
Income on bank owned life insurance (note 1)
    2,497       2,227       1,301       2,910       3,972  
Gain on sales of mortgage loans, net
    12,785       8,731       4,454       4,343       605  
Gain (loss) on securities, net (note 4)(a)
    35       (1,407 )     (112 )     (159,266 )     (682 )
Other income
    2,451       624       426       409       456  
 
                             
Total non-interest income (loss)
    26,525       14,835       9,007       (148,430 )     7,373  
 
                             
Non-interest expenses:
                                       
Compensation and benefits (note 11)
    72,953       63,055       32,713       60,085       53,886  
Advertising and promotional expense
    5,572       3,735       1,860       3,635       2,736  
Office occupancy and equipment expense (notes 7 and 12)
    19,632       13,900       7,778       11,664       10,888  
Federal deposit insurance premiums
    10,650       12,015       4,815       8,557       445  
Stationery, printing, supplies and telephone
    2,899       2,422       1,369       2,088       1,869  
Professional fees
    4,970       2,990       1,861       2,319       2,008  
Data processing service fees
    6,276       5,082       2,729       4,588       4,730  
Other operating expenses
    7,861       5,919       3,375       4,863       4,218  
 
                             
Total non-interest expenses
    130,813       109,118       56,500       97,799       80,780  
 
                             
Income (loss) before income tax expense (benefit)
    98,622       58,556       36,883       (109,118 )     25,059  
Income tax expense (benefit) (note 10)
    36,603       23,444       14,321       (44,200 )     9,030  
 
                             
Net income (loss)
  $ 62,019       35,112       22,562       (64,918 )     16,029  
 
                             
Basic earnings (loss) per share
  $ 0.57       0.33       0.21       (0.62 )     0.15  
Diluted earnings (loss) per share
  $ 0.56       0.33       0.21       (0.62 )     0.15  
Weighted average shares outstanding (note 18)
                                       
Basic
    109,713,516       107,550,061       109,862,617       104,530,402       105,447,910  
Diluted
    109,878,252       107,618,226       109,989,048       104,530,402       105,601,764  
 
(a)   Loss on securities of $35.7 million in fiscal year ended June 30, 2009 was determined to be a non-credit related other than temporary impairment charge upon the adoption of ASC 320. For the six-month period ended December 31, 2009, a $1.1 million non-credit related loss is reflected in accumulated other comprehensive income.
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

68


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity
Year Ended December 31, 2010, Six-Months Ended December 31, 2009 and
Years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008
                                                         
                                    Unallocated              
                                    Common     Accumulated        
            Additional                     Stock     Other     Total  
    Common     Paid-in     Retained     Treasury     Held by     Comprehensive     Stockholders’  
    Stock     Capital     Earnings     Stock     ESOP     Loss     Equity  
    (In thousands)  
Balance at June 30, 2007
  $ 532       506,026       470,205       (70,973 )     (38,996 )     (7,935 )     858,859  
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
Net income
                16,029                         16,029  
Change in funded status of postretirement plan due to plan curtailment and settlement, net of tax expense of $891
                                  1,337       1,337  
Change in funded status of retirement obligations, net of tax benefit of $107
                                  (169 )     (169 )
Unrealized loss on securities available-for-sale, net of tax expense of $260
                                  (208 )     (208 )
Reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income
                                  679       679  
 
                                                     
Total comprehensive income
                                                    17,668  
 
                                         
Cumulative effect adjustment upon adoption of FIN 48
                300                         300  
Purchase of treasury stock (4,339,530 shares)
                      (60,124 )                 (60,124 )
Treasury stock allocated to restricted stock plan
          (1,830 )     (290 )     2,120                    
Compensation cost for stock options and restricted stock
          9,814                               9,814  
ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released
          603                   1,418             2,021  
 
                                         
Balance at June 30, 2008
  $ 532       514,613       486,244       (128,977 )     (37,578 )     (6,296 )     828,538  
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
Net loss
                (64,918 )                       (64,918 )
Change in funded status of retirement obligations, net of tax benefit of $431
                                  (638 )     (638 )
Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale, net of tax expense of $728
                                  808       808  
Reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income
                                  457       457  
 
                                                     
Total comprehensive loss
                                                    (64,291 )
 
                                         
Cumulative effect of initial application of ASC 320 on other- than-temporary-impairment net of tax benefit of $14,577
                21,108                   (21,108 )      
Common stock issued out of treasury stock to finance acquisition (6,503,897 shares)
                (42,520 )     93,250                   50,730  
Purchase of treasury stock (947,633 shares)
                      (8,673 )                 (8,673 )
Treasury stock allocated to restricted stock plan
          (1,711 )     (242 )     1,953                    
Compensation cost for stock options and restricted stock
          11,330                               11,330  
ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released
          231                   1,418             1,649  
 
                                         
Balance at June 30, 2009
  $ 532       524,463       399,672       (42,447 )     (36,160 )     (26,777 )     819,283  
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
Net income
                22,562                         22,562  
Change in funded status of retirement obligations, net of tax expense of $645
                                  969       969  
Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale, net of tax expense of $1,875
                                  2,917       2,917  
Reclassification adjustment for losses included in net income, net of tax expense of $37
                                  54       54  
Other-than-temporary impairment accretion on debt securities, net of tax expense of $300
                                  435       435  
 
                                                     
Total comprehensive income
                                        26,937  
 
                                         
Purchase of treasury stock (248,132 shares)
                      (2,436 )                 (2,436 )
Treasury stock allocated to restricted stock plan
          (50 )     (23 )     73                    
Compensation cost for stock options and restricted stock
          5,708                               5,708  
ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released
          12                   709             721  
 
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2009
  $ 532       530,133       422,211       (44,810 )     (35,451 )     (22,402 )     850,213  
Comprehensive income:
                                                       
Net income
                62,019                         62,019  
Change in funded status of retirement obligations, net of tax expense of $573
                                  857       857  
Unrealized gain on securities available-for-sale, net of tax expense of $254
                                  419       419  
Reclassification adjustment for gains included in net income, net of tax expense of $11
                                  (15 )     (15 )
Other-than-temporary impairment accretion on debt securities, net of tax expense of $666
                                  965       965  
 
                                                     
Total comprehensive income
                                        64,245  
 
                                         
Purchase of treasury stock (2,092,960 shares)
                      (24,458 )                 (24,458 )
Treasury stock allocated to restricted stock plan
          (6,272 )     (961 )     7,233                    
Compensation cost for stock options and restricted stock
          9,489                               9,489  
ESOP shares allocated or committed to be released
          370             2       1,418             1,790  
 
                                         
Balance at December 31, 2010
  $ 532       533,720       483,269       (62,033 )     (34,033 )     (20,176 )     901,279  
 
                                         
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

69


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
                                         
                    Six-Month Period        
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended December 31,     Year Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2009     2008  
            (Unaudited)                          
    (In thousands)  
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 62,019       35,112       22,562       (64,918 )     16,029  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
                                       
ESOP and stock-based compensation expense
    11,279       13,144       6,429       12,979       11,835  
Accretion of discounts and amortization of premiums on securities, net
    5,009       2,464       3,242       (520 )     993  
Amortization of premiums and accretion of fees and costs on loans, net
    8,366       8,914       3,564       6,599       2,389  
Amortization of intangible assets
    979       436       366       70        
Provision for loan losses
    66,500       39,450       23,425       29,025       6,646  
Depreciation and amortization of office properties and equipment
    4,732       3,700       1,980       2,725       2,760  
(Gain)/loss on securities, net
    (35 )     1,407       112       159,266       682  
Mortgage loans originated for sale
    (695,968 )     (838,183 )     (288,647 )     (753,264 )     (139,487 )
Proceeds from mortgage loan sales
    698,253       841,550       325,928       712,295       133,688  
Gain on sales of mortgage loans, net
    (10,296 )     (6,910 )     (2,633 )     (4,343 )     (605 )
Gain on sale of REO
          (38 )     (38 )            
Gain on bargain purchase
    (1,846 )                        
Income on bank owned life insurance
    (2,497 )     (2,227 )     (1,301 )     (2,910 )     (3,972 )
(Increase) decrease in accrued interest receivable
    (2,913 )     (1,559 )     349       (7,123 )     (2,898 )
Deferred tax benefit
    (14,441 )     2,523       1,595       (65,275 )     (1,602 )
Decrease (increase) in other assets
    5,886       (36,613 )     (36,604 )     242       (1,742 )
Increase (decrease) in other liabilities
    28,445       (11,647 )     (19,394 )     14,232       (1,038 )
 
                             
Total adjustments
    101,453       16,411       18,373       103,998       7,649  
 
                             
Net cash provided by operating activities
    163,472       51,523       40,935       39,080       23,678  
 
                             
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Purchases of loans receivable
    (1,070,203 )     (894,989 )     (452,295 )     (1,264,804 )     (996,320 )
Net (originations) repayments of loans receivable
    (308,379 )     300,768       (66,342 )     226,936       (58,005 )
Net proceeds from sale of foreclosed real estate
          106       106             138  
Proceeds from sale of non performing loan
    2,984       21,178       21,178              
Gain on disposition of loans held for investment
    (2,489 )     (1,820 )     (1,820 )            
Mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale received in like-kind exchange
          3,911                    
Purchases of mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
    (3,690 )                        
Purchases of debt securities held-to-maturity
    (3,884 )                       (23,118 )
Purchases of mortgage-backed securities available for sale
    (343,073 )     (283,942 )     (179,756 )     (104,186 )      
Purchases of other investments available-for-sale
    (150 )     (250 )     (250 )     (100 )     (1,400 )
Proceeds from paydowns/maturities on mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
    247,896       251,965       125,721       221,680       247,018  
Proceeds from calls/maturities on debt securities held-to-maturity
    2,415       2,601       2,660       19,553       98,876  
Proceeds from paydowns/maturities on mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
    168,052       96,658       61,110       56,345       56,205  
Proceeds from sales of mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
                             
Proceeds from sales of mortgage-backed securities available-for-sale
    12,004                          
Proceeds from maturities of US Government and Agency Obligations available-for-sale
    25,000       5,000       5,000              
Purchase of US Government and Agency Obligations held to maturity
          (109,997 )           (109,997 )      
Proceeds from maturities of US Government and Agency Obligations held to maturity
    170       120,275       155       120,120        
Redemption of equity securities available-for-sale
          (3,911 )           863        
Proceeds from sales of equity securities available-for-sale
                            250  
Proceeds from call of equity securities available-for-sale
                             
Proceeds from redemptions of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    42,323       33,527       10,756       53,349       35,208  
Purchases of Federal Home Loan Bank stock
    (56,490 )     (10,627 )     (4,905 )     (61,950 )     (62,074 )
Purchases of office properties and equipment
    (10,393 )     (9,372 )     (5,122 )     (9,055 )     (3,818 )
Purchase of bank owned life insurance
                             
Cash consideration paid for acquisitions, net of cash received
    629,081       216,719       220,944       (4,225 )      
 
                             
Net cash used in investing activities
    (668,826 )     (262,200 )     (262,860 )     (855,471 )     (707,040 )
 
                             
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
Net increase in deposits
    301,156       862,280       107,387       1,017,256       202,087  
Net (decrease) increase in funds borrowed under short-term repurchase agreements
                      (25,000 )     (135,000 )
Proceeds from funds borrowed under other repurchase agreements
          35,000             90,000       640,000  
Repayments of funds borrowed under other repurchase agreements
    (250,000 )     (195,000 )     (110,000 )     (205,000 )     (210,000 )
Net (decrease) increase in other borrowings
    475,972       (444,750 )     (20,013 )     235,249       229,873  
Net increase in advance payments by borrowers for taxes and insurance
    5,302       5,879       2,836       3,299       3,767  
Purchase of treasury stock
    (24,458 )     (5,818 )     (2,436 )     (4,479 )     (60,124 )
 
                             
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
    507,972       257,591       (22,226 )     1,111,325       670,603  
 
                             
Net (decrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
    2,618       46,914       (244,151 )     294,934       (12,759 )
Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of year
    73,606       26,692       317,757       22,823       35,582  
 
                             
Cash and cash equivalents at end of year
  $ 76,224       73,606       73,606       317,757       22,823  
 
                             
Supplemental cash flow information:
                                       
Noncash investing activities:
                                       
Real estate acquired through foreclosure
  $ 976       68       68             138  
Cash paid during the year for:
                                       
Interest
  $ 160,024       194,010       91,055       201,081       205,660  
Income taxes
  $ 53,670       28,748       14,574       22,989       9,217  
Fair value of assets acquired
  $ 2,742       631,077       2,230       628,847        
Goodwill and core deposit intangible
  $ 1,981       26,399       4,850       21,549        
Liabilities assumed
  $ 633,804       823,464       228,024       595,440        
Common stock issued for American Bancorp of NJ acquisition
  $       50,730             50,730        
See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

70


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
(1)   Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
 
    The following significant accounting and reporting policies of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and subsidiary (collectively, the Company) conform to U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and are used in preparing and presenting these consolidated financial statements:
  (a)   Basis of Presentation
 
      The consolidated financial statements are composed of the accounts of Investors Bancorp, Inc. and its wholly owned subsidiary, Investors Savings Bank (Bank). All significant intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.
 
      In January 1997, the Bank completed a Plan of Mutual Holding Company Reorganization, utilizing the multi-tier mutual holding company structure. In a series of steps, the Bank formed a Delaware-chartered stock corporation (Investors Bancorp, Inc.) which owned 100% of the common stock of the Bank and formed a New Jersey-chartered mutual holding company (Investors Bancorp, MHC) which initially owned all of the common stock of Investors Bancorp, Inc. On October 11, 2005, Investors Bancorp, Inc. completed an initial public stock offering. See Note 3.
 
      Effective December 31, 2009, the Company changed its fiscal year end from June 30 to December 31. The six month period ended December 31, 2009 was the Company’s transitional period for its change in fiscal year end.
 
      The preparation of financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the dates of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. The estimate of our allowance for loan losses, the valuation of mortgage servicing rights (MSR), impairment judgments regarding goodwill, and fair value and impairment of securities are particularly critical because they involve a higher degree of complexity and subjectivity and require estimates and assumptions about highly uncertain matters. Actual results may differ from our estimates and assumptions.
 
      Business
 
      Investors Bancorp, Inc.’s primary business is holding the common stock of the Bank and a loan to the Investors Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan.
 
      The Bank provides banking services to customers primarily through branch offices in New Jersey. The Bank is subject to competition from other financial institutions and is subject to the regulations of certain federal and state regulatory authorities and undergoes periodic examinations by those regulatory authorities.
 
  (b)   Cash Equivalents
 
      Cash equivalents consist of cash on hand, amounts due from banks and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions. The Company is required by the Federal Reserve System to maintain cash reserves equal to a percentage of certain deposits. The reserve requirement totaled $5.2 million at December 31, 2010 and $2.0 million at December 31, 2009. Prior to October 2008, we did not receive interest on our cash reserves at the Federal Reserve Bank.
 
  (c)   Securities
 
      Securities include securities held-to-maturity and securities available-for-sale. Management determines the appropriate classification of securities at the time of purchase. If management has the positive intent not to sell and the Company would not be required to sell prior to maturity, they are classified as held-to-maturity securities. Such securities are stated at amortized cost, adjusted for unamortized purchase premiums and discounts. Securities in the available-for-sale category are debt and mortgage-backed securities which the Company may sell prior to maturity, and all marketable equity securities. Available-for-sale securities are reported at fair value with any unrealized appreciation or depreciation, net of tax effects, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income/loss in stockholders’ equity. Discounts and premiums on securities are accreted or amortized using the level-yield method over the estimated lives of the securities, including the effect of prepayments. Realized gains and losses are recognized when securities are sold or called using the specific identification method.

71


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
      The Company periodically evaluates the security portfolio to determine if a decline in the fair value of any security below its cost basis is other-than-temporary. Our evaluation of other-than-temporary impairment considers the duration and severity of the impairment, our intent and ability to hold the securities and our assessments of the reason for the decline in value and the likelihood of a near-term recovery. If a determination is made that a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired, the Company will estimate the amount of the unrealized loss that is attributable to credit and all other non-credit related factors. The credit related component will be recognized as an other-than-temporary impairment charge in non-interest income as a component of gain (loss) on securities, net. The non-credit related component will be recorded as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax.
  (d)   Loans Receivable, Net
      Loans receivable, other than loans held-for-sale, are stated at unpaid principal balance, adjusted by unamortized premiums and unearned discounts, net deferred origination fees and costs, and the allowance for loan losses. Interest income on loans is accrued and credited to income as earned. Premiums and discounts on purchased loans and net loan origination fees and costs are deferred and amortized to interest income over the estimated life of the loan as an adjustment to yield.
      The allowance for loan losses is increased by the provision for loan losses charged to earnings and is decreased by charge-offs, net of recoveries. The provision for loan losses is based on management’s evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance which considers, among other things, the Company’s past loan loss experience, known and inherent risks in the portfolio, existing adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, estimated value of any underlying collateral and current economic conditions. While management uses available information to recognize estimated losses on loans, future additions may be necessary based on changes in economic conditions. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Company’s allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require the Company to recognize additions to the allowance based upon their judgments and information available to them at the time of their examinations.
      A loan is considered delinquent when we have not received a payment within 30 days of its contractual due date. The accrual of income on loans is generally discontinued when interest or principal payments are 90 days in arrears or when the timely collection of such income is doubtful. Loans on which the accrual of income has been discontinued are designated as non-accrual loans and outstanding interest previously credited is reversed. Interest income on non-accrual loans and impaired loans is recognized in the period collected unless the ultimate collection of principal is considered doubtful. A loan is returned to accrual status when all amounts due have been received and the remaining principal is deemed collectible. Loans are generally charged off after an analysis is completed which indicates that collectability of the full principal balance is in doubt.
      The Company defines an impaired loan as a loan for which it is probable, based on current information, that the lender will not collect all amounts due under the contractual terms of the loan agreement. The Company considers the population of loans in its impairment analysis to include commercial real estate, multi-family and construction loans with an outstanding balance greater than $3.0 million and on non-accrual status. Impaired loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the collateral or the present value of the expected future cash flows. Smaller balance homogeneous loans are evaluated for impairment collectively unless they are modified in a trouble debt restructure. Such loans include residential mortgage loans, installment loans, and loans not meeting the Company’s definition of impaired, and are specifically excluded from impaired loans.
  (e)   Loans Held-for-Sale
      Loans held-for-sale are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value, as determined on an aggregate basis. Net unrealized losses, if any, are recognized in a valuation allowance through charges to earnings. Premiums and discounts and origination fees and costs on loans held-for-sale are deferred and recognized as a component of the gain or loss on sale. Gains and losses on sales of loans held-for-sale are recognized on settlement dates and are determined by the difference between the sale proceeds and the carrying value of the loans. These transactions are accounted for as sales based on our satisfaction of the criteria for such accounting which provide that, as transferor, we have surrendered control over the loans.

72


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
(f)   Federal Home Loan Bank Stock
      The Bank, as a member of the Federal Home Loan Bank (FHLB), is required to hold shares of capital stock of the FHLB based on our activities, primarily our outstanding borrowings, with the FHLB. The stock is carried at cost, less any impairment.
  (g)   Office Properties and Equipment, Net
 
      Land is carried at cost. Office buildings, leasehold improvements and furniture, fixtures and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Office buildings and furniture, fixtures and equipment are depreciated using an accelerated basis over the estimated useful lives of the respective assets. Leasehold improvements are amortized using the straight-line method over the terms of the respective leases or the lives of the assets, whichever is shorter.
 
  (h)   Bank Owned Life Insurance
 
      Bank owned life insurance is carried at the amount that could be realized under the Company’s life insurance contracts as of the date of the consolidated balance sheets and is classified as a non-interest earning asset. Increases in the carrying value are recorded as non-interest income in the consolidated statements of income and insurance proceeds received are generally recorded as a reduction of the carrying value. The carrying value consists of cash surrender value of $108.6 million at December 31, 2010 and $106.7 million at December 31, 2009, claims stabilization reserve of $8.1 million at December 31, 2010 and $7.2 million at December 31, 2009, and deferred acquisition costs of $342,000 at December 31, 2010 and $685,000 at December 31, 2009. Repayment of the claims stabilization reserve (funds transferred from the cash surrender value to provide for future death benefit payments) and the deferred acquisition costs (costs incurred by the insurance carrier for the policy issuance) is guaranteed by the insurance carrier provided that certain conditions are met at the date of a contract is surrendered. The Company satisfied these conditions at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
 
  (i)   Intangible Assets
 
      Goodwill. Goodwill is presumed to have an indefinite useful life and is tested, at least annually, for impairment at the reporting unit level. For purposes of our goodwill impairment testing, we have identified a single reporting unit. We consider the quoted market price of our common stock on our impairment testing date as an initial indicator of estimating the fair value of our reporting unit. In addition, we consider our average stock price, both before and after our impairment test date, as well as market-based control premiums in determining the estimated fair value of our reporting unit. If the estimated fair value of our reporting unit exceeds its carrying amount, further evaluation is not necessary. However, if the fair value of our reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, further evaluation is required to compare the implied fair value of the reporting unit’s goodwill to its carrying amount to determine if a write-down of goodwill is required.
 
      At December 31, 2010, the carrying amount of our goodwill totaled $21.6 million. On November 1, 2010, we performed our annual goodwill impairment test and determined the estimated fair value of our reporting unit to be in excess of its carrying amount. Accordingly, as of our annual impairment test date, there was no indication of goodwill impairment. We would test our goodwill for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our reporting until below its carrying amount. No events that have occurred and no circumstances have changed since our annual impairment test date that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of our reporting until below its carrying amount.
 
      Mortgage Servicing Rights. The Company recognizes as separate assets the rights to service mortgage loans. The right to service loans for others is generally obtained through the sale of loans with servicing retained. The initial asset recognized for originated mortgage servicing rights (MSR) is measured at fair value. The fair value of MSR is estimated by reference to current market values of similar loans sold servicing released. MSR are amortized in proportion to and over the period of estimated net servicing income. We apply the amortization method for measurements of our MSR. MSR are assessed for impairment based on fair value at each reporting date. MSR impairment, if any, is recognized in a valuation allowance through charges to earnings. Increases in the fair value of impaired MSR are recognized only up

73


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
      to the amount of the previously recognized valuation allowance. Fees earned for servicing loans are reported as income when the related mortgage loan payments are collected.
 
      Core Deposit Premiums. Core deposit premiums represent the intangible value of depositor relationships assumed in purchase acquisitions and are amortized on an accelerated basis over 10 years.
  (j)   Real Estate Owned
 
      Real estate owned (REO) consists of properties acquired through foreclosure or deed in lieu of foreclosure. Such assets are carried at the lower of cost or fair value, less estimated selling costs, based on independent appraisals. Write-downs required at the time of acquisition are charged to the allowance for loan losses. Thereafter, decreases in the properties’ estimated fair value which are charged to income along with any additional property maintenance and protection expenses incurred in owning the property.
 
  (k)   Borrowed Funds
 
      The Bank obtains advances from the FHLB, which are secured primarily by stock in the FHLB, and mortgage loans and mortgage-backed securities under a blanket collateral pledge agreement.
 
      The Bank also enters into sales of securities under agreements to repurchase with selected brokers and the FHLB. The securities underlying the agreements are delivered to the counterparty who agrees to resell to the Bank the identical securities at the maturity or call of the agreement. These agreements are recorded as financing transactions, as the Bank maintains effective control over the transferred securities, and no gain or loss is recognized. The dollar amount of the securities underlying the agreements continues to be carried in the Bank’s securities portfolio. The obligations to repurchase the securities are reported as a liability in the consolidated balance sheets.
 
  (l)   Income Taxes
 
      The Company records income taxes in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification (ASC) 740 “Income Taxes,” as amended, using the asset and liability method. Accordingly, deferred tax assets and liabilities: (i) are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been recognized in the financial statements or tax returns; (ii) are attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases; and (iii) are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply in the years when those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. Where applicable, deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance for any portions determined not likely to be realized. The effect on deferred tax assets and liabilities of a change in tax rates is recognized in income tax expense in the period of enactment. The valuation allowance is adjusted, by a charge or credit to income tax expense, as changes in facts and circumstances warrant. The Company recognizes accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits, where applicable, in income tax expense.
 
  (m)   Employee Benefits
 
      The Company has a defined benefit pension plan which covers all employees who satisfy the eligibility requirements. The Company participates in a multiemployer plan. Costs of the pension plan are based on the contributions required to be made to the program.
 
      The Company has a Supplemental Employee Retirement Plan (SERP). The SERP is a nonqualified, defined benefit plan which provides benefits to certain employees of the Company if their benefits and/or contributions under the pension plan are limited by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company also has a nonqualified, defined benefit plan which provides benefits to its directors. The SERP and the directors’ plan are unfunded and the costs of the plans are recognized over the period that services are provided.
 
      The Company also provided (i) postretirement health care benefits to retired employees hired prior to April 1991 who attained at least ten years of service and (ii) certain life insurance benefits to all retired employees. During the year ended June 30, 2008, the Company curtailed the benefits to current employees and settled its obligations to retired employees related to the postretirement benefit plan and recognized a pre-tax gain of $2.3 million as a reduction of compensation and fringe benefits expense in the consolidated statements of income.

74


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
      The Company has a 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees. The Company matches 50% of the first 6% contributed by participants and recognizes expense as its contributions are made.
      The employee stock ownership plan (ESOP) is accounted for in accordance with the provisions of Statement ASC 718-40, “Employers’ Accounting for Employee Stock Ownership Plans.” The funds borrowed by the ESOP from the Company to purchase the Company’s common stock are being repaid from the Bank’s contributions over a period of up to 30 years. The Company’s common stock not yet allocated to participants is recorded as a reduction of stockholders’ equity at cost. Compensation expense for the ESOP is based on the market price of the Company’s stock and is recognized as shares are committed to be released to participants.
      The Company recognizes the grant-date fair value of stock based awards issued to employees as compensation cost in the statement of operations. Compensation cost related to stock based awards is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service periods. The fair value of stock based awards is based on the closing price market value as reported on the NASDAQ Stock Market on the grant date.
  (n)   Earnings Per Share
 
      Basic earnings per common share, or EPS, are computed by dividing net income by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the year. The weighted-average common shares outstanding includes the weighted-average number of shares of common stock outstanding less the weighted average number of unvested shares of restricted stock and unallocated shares held by the Employee Stock Ownership Plan, or ESOP. For EPS calculations, ESOP shares that have been committed to be released are considered outstanding. ESOP shares that have not been committed to be released are excluded from outstanding shares on a weighted average basis for EPS calculations.
 
      Diluted EPS is computed using the same method as basic EPS, but includes the effect of all potentially dilutive common shares that were outstanding during the period, such as unexercised stock options and unvested shares of restricted stock, calculated using the treasury stock method. When applying the treasury stock method, we add: (1) the assumed proceeds from option exercises; (2) the tax benefit that would have been credited to additional paid-in capital assuming exercise of non-qualified stock options and vesting of shares of restricted stock; and (3) the average unamortized compensation costs related to unvested shares of restricted stock and stock options. We then divide this sum by our average stock price to calculate shares repurchased. The excess of the number of shares issuable over the number of shares assumed to be repurchased is added to basic weighted average common shares to calculate diluted EPS.
(2)   Business Combinations
    On October 15, 2010, the Company completed the acquisition of Millennium bcpbank (“Millennium”) deposit franchise. In this transaction the Company acquired approximately $600 million of deposits and seventeen branch offices in New Jersey, New York and Massachusetts for a deposit premium of 0.11%. The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting as prescribed by ASC 805, “Business Combinations,” as amended. The transaction resulted in a bargain purchase gain of $1.8 million, net of tax. In a separate transaction the Company purchased a portion of Millennium’s performing loan portfolio and entered into a Loan Servicing Agreement to service those loans it did not purchase. Upon acquisition, the Company entered into a definitive agreement with a third party to sell the Massachusetts branch offices. The four branches, with deposits of approximately $85 million, will be sold for a premium of 0.11%. This transaction is subject to regulatory approval.
 
    On October 16, 2009, the Company completed the acquisition of six New Jersey bank branches and approximately $227.0 million of deposits from Banco Popular North America. The acquisition was accounted for under the acquisition method of accounting as prescribed by ASC 805, “Business Combinations,” as amended. The Company did not purchase any loans as part of the transaction. The transaction generated approximately $4.9 million in goodwill.
 
    On May 31, 2009, the Company completed the acquisition of American Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc. (“American”), the holding company of American Bank of New Jersey, a federal savings bank with approximately $670 million in assets and five full-service branches in northern New Jersey. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting as prescribed by ASC 805, “Business Combinations,” as amended. Accordingly, American’s results of operations have been included in the Company’s results of operations since the date of acquisition. Under this method of accounting, the purchase

75


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
    price is allocated to the respective assets acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values, net of applicable income tax effects. The excess cost over fair value of net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. The purchase price of $98.2 million was paid through a combination of the Company’s common stock (6,503,897 shares) and cash of $47.5 million. The transaction generated approximately $17.6 million in goodwill and $3.9 million in core deposit intangibles subject to amortization beginning June 1, 2009. American Bank was merged into the Bank as of the acquisition date.
 
    On June 6, 2008, Investors Bancorp, MHC, the Company’s New Jersey chartered mutual holding Company, completed its merger of Summit Federal Bankshares, MHC, a federally chartered mutual holding company. The merger was a combination of mutual enterprises and therefore was accounted for using the pooling-of-interests method. All financial information prior to the merger date has been restated to include amounts for Summit Federal for all periods presented. At the merger date, Summit Federal had assets of $110.1 million. The effect of the merger on the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations was immaterial. In connection with the merger, the Company, as required by the Office of Thrift Supervision (OTS), issued 1,744,592 additional shares of its common stock to Investors Bancorp, MHC.
(3)   Stock Transactions
 
    Stock Offering
 
    The Company completed its initial public stock offering on October 11, 2005 selling 51,627,094 shares, or 44.40% of its outstanding common stock, to subscribers in the offering, including 4,254,072 shares purchased by Investors Savings Bank Employee Stock Ownership Plan. Upon completion of the initial public offering, Investors Bancorp, MHC, a New Jersey chartered mutual holding company held 64,844,373 shares, or 54.94% of the Company’s outstanding common stock (shares restated to include the shares issued in the Summit Federal merger). Additionally, the Company contributed $5.2 million in cash and issued 1,548,813 shares of common stock, or 1.33% of its outstanding shares, to Investors Savings Bank Charitable Foundation resulting in a pre-tax expense charge of $20.7 million. Net proceeds from the initial offering were $509.7 million. The Company contributed $255.0 million of the net proceeds to the Bank. Stock subscription proceeds of $557.9 million were returned to subscribers.
 
    Stock Repurchase Programs
 
    At its January 2008 meeting, the Board of Directors approved a third share repurchase program which authorizes the repurchase of an additional 10% of the Company’s publicly-held outstanding common stock, or 4,307,248 shares. Under the stock repurchase programs, shares of the Company’s common stock may be purchased in the open market and through privately negotiated transactions, from time to time, depending on market conditions. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company purchased 2,092,960 shares at a cost of $24.5 million, or approximately $11.69 per share. Of the shares purchased through December 31, 2010, 2,428,701 shares were allocated to fund the restricted stock portion of the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. The remaining shares are held for general corporate use. At December 31, 2010, there are 785,844 shares yet to be purchased under the current plan.
(4)   Securities
 
    The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses and estimated fair value of securities are as follows:

76


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
                                 
    At December 31, 2010  
            Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Estimated  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
    (In thousands)  
Available-for-sale
                               
Equity securities
  $ 2,025       207             2,232  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
    248,403       3,485       3,553       248,335  
Federal National Mortgage Association
    306,745       4,297       2,085       308,957  
Government National Mortgage Association
    9,202       243             9,445  
Non-agency securities
    34,640       532       1,408       33,764  
 
                       
Total mortgage-backed securities available for sale
    598,990       8,557       7,046       600,501  
 
                       
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 601,015       8,764       7,046       602,733  
 
                       
 
                               
Held-to-maturity
                               
Debt securities:
                               
Government Sponsored Enterprises
  $ 15,200       246             15,446  
Municipal bonds
    13,951       46       90       13,907  
Corporate and other debt securities
    23,552       19,330       1,593       41,289  
 
                       
 
    52,703       19,622       1,683       70,642  
 
                       
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
    210,544       7,964       278       218,230  
Federal National Mortgage Association
    166,251       9,218       13       175,456  
Government National Mortgage Association
    3,243       287             3,530  
Federal housing authorities
    2,324       152             2,476  
Non-agency securities
    43,471       573       155       43,889  
 
                       
Total mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
    425,833       18,194       446       443,581  
 
                       
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 478,536       37,816       2,129       514,223  
 
                       
Total securities
  $ 1,079,551       46,580       9,175       1,116,956  
 
                       
                                 
    At December 31, 2009  
            Gross     Gross        
    Amortized     Unrealized     Unrealized     Estimated  
    Cost     Gains     Losses     Fair Value  
    (In thousands)  
Available-for-sale
                               
Equity securities
  $ 1,832       221             2,053  
GSE debt securities
    25,013       26             25,039  
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
    206,877       2,725       80       209,522  
Federal National Mortgage Association
    158,678       2,197       448       160,427  
Government National Mortgage Association
    10,504       25       79       10,450  
Non-agency securities
    67,290       284       3,822       63,752  
 
                       
Total mortgage-backed securities available for sale
    443,349       5,231       4,429       444,151  
 
                       
Total securities available-for-sale
  $ 470,194       5,478       4,429       471,243  
 
                       
 
                               
Held-to-maturity
                               
Debt securities:
                               
Government Sponsored Enterprises
  $ 15,226       731       1       15,956  
Municipal bonds
    10,259       196       4       10,451  
Corporate and other debt securities
    21,411       18,015       1,617       37,809  
 
                       
 
    46,896       18,942       1,622       64,216  
 
                       
Mortgage-backed securities:
                               
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
    358,998       10,565       159       369,404  
Government National Mortgage Association
    3,880       277             4,157  
Federal National Mortgage Association
    236,109       9,268       24       245,353  
Federal housing authorities
    2,549       231             2,780  
Non-agency securities
    69,009       47       1,561       67,495  
 
                       
Total mortgage-backed securities held-to-maturity
    670,545       20,388       1,744       689,189  
 
                       
Total securities held-to-maturity
  $ 717,441       39,330       3,366       753,405  
 
                       
Total securities
  $ 1,187,635       44,808       7,795       1,224,648  
 
                       

77


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
Our investment portfolio is comprised primarily of fixed rate mortgage-backed securities guaranteed by a Government Sponsored Enterprise (“GSE”) as issuer. Substantially all of our non-GSE issuance securities have a AAA credit rating and they have performed similarly to our GSE issuance securities. The current mortgage market conditions reflecting credit quality concerns have not had a significant impact on our non-GSE securities. Current market conditions have not significantly impacted the pricing of our portfolio or our ability to obtain reliable prices.
Gross unrealized losses on securities and the estimated fair value of the related securities, aggregated by investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous unrealized loss position at December 31, 2010 and 2009, were as follows:
                                                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Less than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Estimated     Unrealized     Estimated     Unrealized     Estimated     Unrealized  
    Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
    (In thousands)  
Available-for-sale:
                                               
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
  $ 99,704       3,553                   99,704       3,553  
Federal National Mortgage Association
    134,853       2,085                   134,853       2,085  
Non-agency securities
                12,226       1,408       12,226       1,408  
 
                                   
Total available-for sale
    234,557       5,638       12,226       1,408       246,783       7,046  
 
                                   
 
                                               
Held-to-maturity:
                                               
Debt securities:
                                               
Municipal bonds
                7,699       90       7,699       90  
Corporate and other debt securities
    185       806       825       787       1,010       1,593  
 
                                   
 
    185       806       8,524       877       8,709       1,683  
 
                                   
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
    2,034       8       20,413       270       22,447       278  
Federal National Mortgage Association
                2,067       13       2,067       13  
Non-agency securities
    2,960       149       4,558       6       7,518       155  
 
                                   
 
    4,994       157       27,038       289       32,032       446  
 
                                   
Total held-to-maturity
    5,179       963       35,562       1,166       40,741       2,129  
 
                                   
Total
  $ 239,736       6,601       47,788       2,574       287,524       9,175  
 
                                   
                                                 
    December 31, 2009  
    Less than 12 Months     12 Months or More     Total  
    Estimated     Unrealized     Estimated     Unrealized     Estimated     Unrealized  
    Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses     Fair Value     Losses  
    (In thousands)  
Available-for-sale:
                                               
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
  $ 33,595       80                   33,595       80  
Federal National Mortgage Association
    63,527       446       16       2       63,543       448  
Government National Mortgage Association
    10,168       79                   10,168       79  
Non-agency securities
    4,563       370       26,736       3,452       31,299       3,822  
 
                                   
Total available-for sale
    111,853       975       26,752       3,454       138,605       4,429  
 
                                   
Held-to-maturity:
                                               
Debt securities:
                                               
Government-sponsored enterprises
                225       1       225       1  
Municipal bonds
                1,035       4       1,035       4  
Corporate and other debt securities
    1,024       1,617                   1,024       1,617  
 
                                   
 
    1,024       1,617       1,260       5       2,284       1,622  
 
                                   
Mortgage-backed securities:
                                               
Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation
    5,860       159                   5,860       159  
Federal National Mortgage Association
    2,699       5       5,392       19       8,091       24  
Non-agency securities
    16,352       257       42,308       1,304       58,660       1,561  
 
                                   
 
    24,911       421       47,700       1,323       72,611       1,744  
 
                                   
Total held-to-maturity
    25,935       2,038       48,960       1,328       74,895       3,366  
 
                                   
Total
  $ 137,788       3,013       75,712       4,782       213,500       7,795  
 
                                   

78


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
    For our debt securities that have an estimated fair value less than the amortized cost basis, the gross unrealized losses were primarily in our available-for-sale mortgage-backed securities, which accounted for 76.8% of the gross unrealized losses at December 31, 2010. The total estimated fair value of our available-for-sale mortgage-backed securities represented 53.8% of our total investment portfolio at December 31, 2010. The estimated fair value of our non-agency mortgage-backed and our corporate and other debt securities portfolios have been adversely impacted by the current economic environment, current market rates, wider credit spreads and credit deterioration subsequent to the purchase of these securities.
 
    Our non-agency mortgage-backed securities are not guaranteed by GSE entities and complied with the investment and credit standards set forth in the investment policy of the Company at the time of purchase. At December 31, 2010, the significant portion of the portfolio was comprised of 23 non-agency mortgage-backed securities with an amortized cost of $78.1 million and an estimated fair value of $77.7 million. These securities were originated in the period 2002-2004 and substantially all are performing in accordance with contractual terms. For securities with larger decreases in fair values, management estimates the loss projections for each security by stressing the individual loans collateralizing the security with a range of expected default rates, loss severities, and prepayment speeds, in conjunction with the underlying credit enhancement (if applicable) for each security. Based on those specific assumptions, a range of possible cash flows were identified to determine whether other-than-temporary impairment existed as of December 31, 2010. Under certain stress scenarios estimated future losses may arise. Management determined that no additional other-than-temporary impairment existed as of December 31, 2010.
 
    Our corporate and other debt securities portfolio consists of 33 pooled trust preferred securities, (TruPS) principally issued by banks, of which 3 securities were rated AAA and 30 securities were rated A at the date of purchase and through June 30, 2008. Subsequently, due to adverse economic conditions, the majority of these securities have been downgraded below investment grade. At December 31, 2010, the amortized cost and estimated fair values of the trust preferred portfolio was $23.6 million and $41.3 million, respectively. Through the use of a valuation specialist, we evaluated the credit and performance of each underlying issuer by deriving probabilities and assumptions for default, recovery and prepayment/ amortization for the expected cashflows for each security. At December 31, 2010, management deemed that the present value of projected cashflows for each security was greater than the book value and did not recognize any OTTI charges for the year ended December 31, 2010. The Company has no intent to sell, nor is it more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell, the debt securities before the recovery of their amortized cost basis or maturity.

79


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
The following table summarizes the Company’s pooled trust preferred securities which are at least one rating below investment grade as of December 31, 2010. In addition, at December 31, 2010 the Company held 2 pooled trust preferred securities with a book value of $4.0 million and a fair value of $6.4 million which are investment grade. The Company does not own any single-issuer trust preferred securities.
                                                                         
                                            Current Deferrals     Expected Deferrals     Excess        
                                    Number of Issuers     and Defaults as a     and Defaults as %     Subordination as a        
(Dollars in 000’s)                           Unrealized Gains     Currently     % of Total     of Remaining     % of Performing     Moody’s/ Fitch  
Description   Class     Book Value     Fair Value     (Losses)     Performing     Collateral (1)     Collateral (2)     Collateral (3)     Credit Ratings  
 
Alesco PF II
    B1     $ 182.8     $ 312.7     $ 129.9       33       20.3 %     17.8 %     0.0 %   Ca / C
Alesco PF III
    B1       378.2       699.5       321.3       37       25.6 %     17.6 %     0.0 %   Ca / C
Alesco PF III
    B2       151.4       279.8       128.4       37       25.6 %     17.6 %     0.0 %   Ca / C
Alesco PF IV
    B1       251.4       229.4       (22.0 )     44       25.4 %     20.8 %     0.0 %   C / C
Alesco PF VI
    C2       334.8       851.5       516.7       44       27.7 %     22.3 %     0.0 %   Ca / C
MM Comm III
    B       1,056.3       3,633.6       2,577.3       7       41.2 %     12.9 %     12.8 %   Ba1 / CC
MM Comm IX
    B1       53.2       25.3       (27.9 )     19       26.5 %     29.0 %     0.0 %   Caa3 / C
MMCaps XVII
    C1       801.5       1,906.8       1,105.3       42       7.5 %     18.5 %     0.0 %   Ca / C
MMCaps XIX
    C       410.7       4.5       (406.2 )     29       28.4 %     26.6 %     0.0 %   C / C
Tpref I
    B       1,087.0       2,185.7       1,098.7       14       37.4 %     19.8 %     0.0 %   Ca / D
Tpref II
    B       2,450.9       4,531.2       2,080.3       19       26.9 %     26.3 %     0.0 %   Caa3 / C
US Cap I
    B2       549.0       1,269.3       720.3       36       8.3 %     14.9 %     0.0 %   Caa1 / C
US Cap I
    B1       1,625.5       3,807.9       2,182.4       36       8.3 %     14.9 %     0.0 %   Caa1 / C
US Cap II
    B1       796.5       2,309.0       1,512.5       47       11.8 %     15.9 %     0.0 %   Ca / C
US Cap III
    B1       976.4       2,001.8       1,025.4       35       20.4 %     14.1 %     0.0 %   Ca / C
US Cap IV
    B1       779.1       126.0       (653.1 )     47       30.6 %     26.9 %     0.0 %   C / D
Trapeza XII
    C1       815.1       909.6       94.5       35       18.9 %     23.2 %     0.0 %   C / C
Trapeza XIII
    C1       771.3       1,266.0       494.7       43       14.8 %     26.9 %     0.0 %   Ca / C
Pretsl IV
    Mezzanine       113.6       127.8       14.2       5       27.1 %     16.0 %     19.0 %   Ca / CCC
Pretsl V
    Mezzanine       6.1       14.4       8.3       0       65.5 %     0.0 %     0.0 %   Caa3 / D
Pretsl VII
    Mezzanine       1,035.2       1,602.0       566.8       6       37.4 %     72.6 %     0.0 %   Ca / C
Pretsl XV
    B1       623.3       970.2       346.9       55       23.2 %     20.8 %     0.0 %   C / C
Pretsl XVII
    C       364.9       311.0       (53.9 )     37       19.0 %     27.1 %     0.0 %   Ca / C
Pretsl XVIII
    C       773.5       1,612.9       839.4       60       17.4 %     15.0 %     0.0 %   Ca / C
Pretsl XIX
    C       296.2       462.3       166.1       55       18.6 %     17.1 %     0.0 %   C / C
Pretsl XX
    C       170.9       76.9       (94.0 )     48       22.8 %     18.0 %     0.0 %   C / C
Pretsl XXI
    C1       248.2       320.2       72.0       54       23.5 %     22.5 %     0.0 %   C / C
Pretsl XXIII
    A-FP       1,692.4       2,519.1       826.7       98       19.1 %     18.9 %     18.3 %   B1 / B
Pretsl XXIV
    C1       409.5       103.5       (306.0 )     65       24.3 %     24.5 %     0.0 %   Ca / C
Pretsl XXV
    C1       163.0       133.3       (29.7 )     54       22.3 %     23.1 %     0.0 %   C / C
Pretsl XXVI
    C1       148.0       240.9       92.9       56       24.2 %     19.0 %     0.0 %   C / C
 
                                                                 
 
          $ 19,515.9     $ 34,844.1     $ 15,328.2                                          
 
                                                                 
 
(1)   At December 31, 2010, assumed recoveries for current deferrals and defaulted issuers ranged from 0.0% to 9.5%.
 
(2)   At December 31, 2010, assumed recoveries for expected deferrals and defaulted issuers ranged from 6.2% to 12.4%.
 
(3)   Excess subordination represents the amount of remaining performing collateral that is in excess of the amount needed to payoff a specified class of bonds and all classes senior to the specified class. Excess subordination reduces an investor’s potential risk of loss on their investment as excess subordination absorbs principal and interest shortfalls in the event underlying issuers are not able to make their contractual payments.

80


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
The following table presents the changes in the credit loss component of the amortized cost of debt securities that the Company has written down for such loss as an other-than-temporary impairment recognized in earnings.
                 
    For the Year Ended  
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
            (Unaudited)  
    (In thousands)  
Balance of credit-related OTTI, beginning of period
  $ 122,410       121,110  
Additions:
               
Initial credit impairments
           
Subsequent credit impairments
          1,300  
Reductions
           
 
           
Balance at end of year
  $ 122,410       122,410  
 
           
The credit loss component of the amortized cost represents the difference between the present value of expected future cash flows and the amortized cost basis of the security prior to considering credit losses. The beginning balance represents the credit loss component for debt securities for which other-than-temporary impairment occurred prior to the period presented. If other-than-temporary impairment is recognized in earnings for credit impaired debt securities, they would be presented as additions in two components based upon whether the current period is the first time the debt security was credit impaired (initial credit impairment) or is not the first time the debt security was credit impaired (subsequent credit impairments). The credit loss component is reduced if the Company sells, intends to sell or believes it will be required to sell previously credit impaired debt securities. Additionally, the credit loss component is reduced if (i) the Company receives the cash flows in excess of what it expected to receive over the remaining life of the credit impaired debt security, (ii) the security matures or (iii) the security is fully written down.
At December 31, 2010, noncredit-related OTTI was $33.3 million ($19.7 million after-tax) on securities not expected to be sold and for which it is not more likely than not that we will be required to sell the securities before recovery of their amortized cost basis. As of April 1, 2009, we reclassified $21.1 million after-tax as a cumulative effect adjustment for the noncredit-related portion of OTTI losses previously recognized in earnings. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the Company recorded $1.3 million pre-tax credit related OTTI charge on TruPs.
There were no sales from the held-to-maturity portfolio during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and for the years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008; however, the Company realized a $3,000 loss and an $18,000 gain on the call of debt securities for the years ended December 31, 2010 and June 30, 2008, respectively.
For year ended December 31, 2010, proceeds from sales of securities from the available-for-sale portfolio were $12.0 million, which resulted in gross realized gains and gross realized losses of $284,000 and $258,000, respectively. In addition, the Company realized a $30,000 loss on paydowns of securities previously written down through OTTI and gross realized gains and gross realized losses of $56,000 and $14,000, respectively, on capital funds. There were no sales from the available-for-sale portfolio during the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and for the year ended June 30, 2009. For the year ended June 30, 2008, proceeds from sales of securities from the available-for-sale portfolio was $250,000, which resulted in gross realized losses of $27,000.
The contractual maturities of mortgage-backed securities generally exceed 20 years; however, the effective lives are expected to be shorter due to anticipated prepayments. The amortized cost and estimated fair value of all other debt securities at December 31, 2010, by contractual maturity, are shown below. Expected maturities may differ from contractual maturities due to prepayment or early call privileges of the issuer.
                 
    December 31, 2010  
    Amortized     Estimated  
    Cost     Fair Value  
    (In thousands)  
Due in one year or less
  $ 20,049       20,290  
Due after one year through five years
    3,752       3,792  
Due after five years through ten years
    220       221  
Due after ten years
    28,682       46,339  
 
           
Total
  $ 52,703       70,642  
 
           
A portion of the Company’s securities are pledged to secure borrowings. See Note 9 for additional information.

81


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
(5) Loans Receivable, Net
Loans receivable, net are summarized as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
Residential mortgage loans:
               
One- to four-family
  $ 4,922,901       4,756,042  
FHA
    16,343       17,514  
Multi-family loans
    1,161,874       612,743  
Commercial real estate loans
    1,225,256       730,012  
Construction loans
    347,825       334,480  
Commercial & industrial loans
    60,903       23,159  
Consumer and other loans
    259,757       178,177  
 
           
Total loans
    7,994,859       6,652,127  
 
           
Premiums on purchased loans, net
    22,021       22,958  
Deferred loan fees, net
    (8,244 )     (4,574 )
Allowance for loan losses
    (90,931 )     (55,052 )
 
           
 
  $ 7,917,705       6,615,459  
 
           
A substantial portion of the Company’s loans are secured by real estate located in New Jersey and surrounding states. Accordingly, as with most financial institutions in the market area, the ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the Company’s loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in market conditions in this area. See Note 12 for further discussion of concentration of credit risk.
An analysis of the allowance for loan losses is as follows:
                                         
                    Six Month        
                    Period Ended        
    Year Ended December 31,     December 31,     Year Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2009     2008  
          (unaudited)                    
    (In thousands)  
Balance at beginning of year
  $ 55,052       26,549       46,608       13,565       6,951  
 
                             
Loans charged off
    (30,829 )     (15,034 )     (15,025 )     (25 )     (33 )
Recoveries
    208       44       44             1  
 
                             
Net charge-offs
    (30,621 )     (14,990 )     (14,981 )     (25 )     (32 )
Allowance from acquisition
          4,043             4,043        
Provision for loan losses
    66,500       39,450       23,425       29,025       6,646  
 
                             
Balance at end of year
  $ 90,931       55,052       55,052       46,608       13,565  
 
                             
The allowance for loan losses is the estimated amount considered necessary to cover credit losses inherent in the loan portfolio at the balance sheet date. The allowance is established through the provision for loan losses that is charged against income. In determining the allowance for loan losses, we make significant estimates and therefore, have identified the allowance as a critical accounting policy. The methodology for determining the allowance for loan losses is considered a critical accounting policy by management because of the high degree of judgment involved, the subjectivity of the assumptions used, and the potential for changes in the economic environment that could result in changes to the amount of the recorded allowance for loan losses.
The allowance for loan losses has been determined in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles, under which we are required to maintain an allowance for probable losses at the balance sheet date. We are responsible for the timely and periodic determination of the amount of the allowance required. We believe that our allowance for loan losses is adequate to cover specifically identifiable losses, as well as estimated losses inherent in our portfolio for which certain losses are probable but not specifically identifiable.
Management performs a quarterly evaluation of the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. The analysis of the allowance for loan losses has two components: specific and general allocations. Specific allocations are made for loans determined to be impaired. A loan is deemed to be impaired if it is a commercial real estate, multi-family or construction loan with an outstanding

82


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
balance greater than $3.0 million and on non-accrual status and all loans subject to a troubled debt restructuring. Impairment is measured by determining the present value of expected future cash flows or, for collateral-dependent loans, the fair value of the collateral adjusted for market conditions and selling expenses. The general allocation is determined by segregating the remaining loans, including those loans not meeting the Company’s definition of an impaired loan, by type of loan, risk weighting (if applicable) and payment history. We also analyze historical loss experience, delinquency trends, general economic conditions, geographic concentrations, and industry and peer comparisons. This analysis establishes factors that are applied to the loan groups to determine the amount of the general allocations. This evaluation is inherently subjective as it requires material estimates that may be susceptible to significant revisions based upon changes in economic and real estate market conditions. Actual loan losses may be significantly more than the allowance for loan losses we have established which could have a material negative effect on our financial results.
On a quarterly basis, management’s Allowance for Loan Loss Committee reviews the current status of various loan assets in order to evaluate the adequacy of the allowance for loan losses. In this evaluation process, specific loans are analyzed to determine their potential risk of loss. This process includes all loans, concentrating on non-accrual and classified loans. Each non-accrual or classified loan is evaluated for potential loss exposure. Any shortfall results in a recommendation of a specific allowance if the likelihood of loss is evaluated as probable. To determine the adequacy of collateral on a particular loan, an estimate of the fair market value of the collateral is based on the most current appraised value available. This appraised value is then reduced to reflect estimated liquidation expenses.
The results of this quarterly process are summarized along with recommendations and presented to Executive and Senior Management for their review. Based on these recommendations, loan loss allowances are approved by Executive and Senior Management. All supporting documentation with regard to the evaluation process, loan loss experience, allowance levels and the schedules of classified loans are maintained by the Lending Administration Department. A summary of loan loss allowances is presented to the Board of Directors on a quarterly basis.
Our primary lending emphasis has been the origination and purchase of residential mortgage loans and commercial real estate mortgages. We also originate home equity loans and home equity lines of credit. These activities resulted in a loan concentration in residential mortgages. We also have a concentration of loans secured by real property located in New Jersey. Based on the composition of our loan portfolio, we believe the primary risks are increases in interest rates, a decline in the general economy, and a decline in real estate market values in New Jersey. Any one or combination of these events may adversely affect our loan portfolio resulting in increased delinquencies, loan losses and future levels of loan loss provisions. We consider it important to maintain the ratio of our allowance for loan losses to total loans at an adequate level given current economic conditions, interest rates, and the composition of the portfolio. As a substantial amount of our loan portfolio is collateralized by real estate, appraisals of the underlying value of property securing loans are critical in determining the amount of the allowance required for specific loans. Assumptions for appraisal valuations are instrumental in determining the value of properties. Overly optimistic assumptions or negative changes to assumptions could significantly impact the valuation of a property securing a loan and the related allowance determined. The assumptions supporting such appraisals are carefully reviewed by management to determine that the resulting values reasonably reflect amounts realizable on the related loans.
For commercial real estate, construction and multi-family loans, the Company obtains an appraisal for all collateral dependent loans upon origination and an updated appraisal in the event interest or principal payments are 90 days delinquent or when the timely collection of such income is considered doubtful. This is done in order to determine the specific reserve needed upon initial recognition of a collateral dependent loan as non-accrual and/or impaired. In subsequent reporting periods, as part of the allowance for loan loss process, the Company reviews each collateral dependent commercial real estate loan previously classified as non-accrual and/or impaired and assesses whether there has been an adverse change in the collateral value supporting the loan. The Company utilizes information from its commercial lending officers and its loan workout department’s knowledge of changes in real estate conditions in our lending area to identify if possible deterioration of collateral value has occurred. Based on the severity of the changes in market conditions, management determines if an updated appraisal is warranted or if downward adjustments to the previous appraisal are warranted. If it is determined that the deterioration of the collateral value is significant enough to warrant ordering a new appraisal, an estimate of the downward adjustments to the existing appraised value is used in assessing if additional specific reserves are necessary until the updated appraisal is received.
For homogeneous residential mortgage loans, the Company’s policy is to obtain an appraisal upon the origination of the loan and an updated appraisal in the event a loan becomes 90 days delinquent. Thereafter, the appraisal is updated every two years if the

83


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
loan remains in non-performing status and the foreclosure process has not been completed. Management does not typically make adjustments to the appraised value of residential loans other than to reduce the value for estimated selling costs, if applicable.
In determining the allowance for loan losses, management believes the potential for outdated appraisals has been mitigated for impaired loans and other non-performing loans. As described above, the loans are individually assessed to determine that the loan’s carrying value is not in excess of the fair value of the collateral. Loans are generally charged off after an analysis is completed which indicates that collectability of the full principal balance is in doubt.
Based on the composition of our loan portfolio, we believe the primary risks are a decline in the general economy, a decline in real estate market values in New Jersey and surrounding states and increases in interest rates. Any one or combination of these events may adversely affect our loan portfolio resulting in increased delinquencies, loan losses and future levels of loan loss provisions. We consider it important to maintain the ratio of our allowance for loan losses to total loans at an adequate level given current economic conditions, interest rates, and the composition of the portfolio.
Our allowance for loan losses reflects probable losses considering, among other things, the actual growth and change in composition of our loan portfolio, the level of our non-performing loans and our charge-off experience. We believe the allowance for loan losses reflects the inherent credit risk in our portfolio.
Although we believe we have established and maintained the allowance for loan losses at adequate levels, additions may be necessary if the current operating environment continues or deteriorates. Management uses the best information available; however, the level of the allowance for loan losses remains an estimate that is subject to significant judgment and short-term change. In addition, the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation and the New Jersey Department of Banking and Insurance, as an integral part of their examination process, will periodically review our allowance for loan losses. Such agencies may require us to recognize adjustments to the allowance based on their judgments about information available to them at the time of their examination.
The following table presents the balance in the allowance for loan losses and the recorded investment in loans by portfolio segment and based on impairment method as of December 31, 2010.

84


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
                                                                 
    Residential     Multi-             Construction     Commercial and     Consumer and Other              
    Mortgage     Family     Commercial     Loans     Industrial Loans     Loans     Unallocated     Total  
                      (In thousands)                    
Allowance for loan losses:
                                                               
Beginning balance
  $ 13,741       3,227       10,208       25,194       558       510       1,614       55,052  
Charge-offs
    (6,432 )     (829 )     (98 )     (23,160 )     (269 )     (41 )           (30,829 )
Recoveries
    124                   83       1                   208  
Provision
    13,056       8,056       6,322       32,552       1,899       397       4,218       66,500  
 
                                               
Ending balance
  $ 20,489       10,454       16,432       34,669       2,189       866       5,832       90,931  
 
                                               
 
                                                               
Ending balance
                                                               
Individually evaluated for impairment
  $ 1,214                   3,775                         4,989  
Collectively evaluated for impairment
    19,275       10,454       16,432       30,894       2,189       866       5,832       85,942  
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
                                               
 
                                               
 
  $ 20,489       10,454       16,432       34,669       2,189       866       5,832       90,931  
 
                                               
Loans:
                                                               
Ending balance
                                                               
Individually evaluated for impairment
  $ 4,822                       64,453                         69,275  
Collectively evaluated for impairment
    4,933,813       1,161,874       1,223,479       276,306       60,798       259,548             7,915,818  
Loans acquired with deteriorated credit quality
    609             1,777       7,066       105       209             9,766  
 
                                               
 
  $ 4,939,244       1,161,874       1,225,256       347,825       60,903       259,757             7,994,859  
 
                                               
The Company categorizes loans into risk categories based on relevant information about the ability of borrowers to service their debt such as: current financial information, historical payment experience, credit documentation, public information and current economic trends, among other factors. For non-homogeneous loans, such as commercial and commercial real estate loans the Company analyzes the loans individually by classifying the loans as to credit risk and assesses the probability of collection for each type of class. This analysis is performed on a quarterly basis. The Company uses the following definitions for risk ratings:
Pass — Pass assets are well protected by the current net worth and paying capacity of the obligor (or guarantors, if any) or by the fair value, less cost to acquire and sell, of any underlying collateral in a timely manner.
Special Mention — A Special Mention asset has potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the institution’s credit position at some future date. Special Mention assets are not adversely classified and do not expose an institution to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.
Substandard — A “substandard” asset is inadequately protected by the current sound worth and paying capacity of the obligor or by the collateral pledged, if any. Assets so classified must have a well-defined weakness, or weaknesses that jeopardize the liquidation of the debt. They are characterized by the distinct possibility that the institution will sustain some loss if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Doubtful — An asset classified “doubtful” has all the weaknesses inherent in one classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable on the basis of currently known facts, conditions, and values.
Loss — An asset or portion thereof, classified Loss is considered uncollectible and of such little value that its continuance on the institution’s books as an asset, without establishment of a specific valuation allowance or charge-off, is not warranted. This classification does not necessarily mean that an asset has no recovery or salvage value; but rather, there is much doubt about whether, how much, or when the recovery will occur. As such, it is not practical or desirable to defer the write-off.
As of December 31, 2010, and based on the most recent analysis performed, the risk category of loans by class of loans is as follows:

85


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
                                                 
    Pass     Special Mention     Substandard     Doubtful     Loss     Total  
                    (In thousands)                          
Multi-Family
  $ 1,122,102       2,202       37,570                   1,161,874  
Commercial
    1,183,831       16,616       24,809                   1,225,256  
Construction Loans
    143,669       32,185       162,255       9,716             347,825  
Commercial and Industrial
    54,068       465       6,370                   60,903  
 
                                   
Total
  $ 2,503,670       51,468       231,004       9,716             2,795,858  
 
                                   
Residential and consumer loans are managed on a pool basis due to their homogeneous nature. Loans that are delinquent 90 days or more are considered non-accrual. A specific reserve is established for residential loans meeting this criteria if the net realizable value is determined to be less than the loan balance. The following table presents the recorded investment in residential and consumer loans based on payment activity as of December 31, 2010:
                         
    Performing     Non-accrual     Total  
            (In thousands)          
Residential
  $ 4,865,594       73,650       4,939,244  
Consumer and other
    258,724       1,033       259,757  
 
                 
Total
  $ 5,124,318       74,683       5,199,001  
 
                 
The following table presents the aging of the recorded investment in past due loans as of December 31, 2010 by class of loans:
                                                 
                                            Total  
                            Total Past             Loans  
    30-59 Days     60-89 Days     Greater than 90 Days     Due     Current     Receivable  
                    (In thousands)          
Residential Mortgage
  $ 16,510       11,890       73,650       102,050       4,837,194       4,939,244  
Multi-Family
    4,678       12,898       2,748       20,324       1,141,550       1,161,874  
Commercial
    709       502       3,899       5,110       1,220,146       1,225,256  
Construction Loans
          7,850       82,735       90,585       257,240       347,825  
Commercial and Industrial
    150       640       1,829       2,619       58,284       60,903  
Consumer and Other
    1,260       196       1,033       2,489       257,268       259,757  
 
                                   
Total
  $ 23,307       33,976       165,894       223,177       7,771,682       7,994,859  
 
                                   
Included in loans receivable were non-accrual loans totaling $165.9 million at December 31, 2010 and $120.2 million at December 31, 2009. During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, six month period ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended June 30, 2009, the total amount of interest income received on non-accrual loans outstanding totaled $1.9 million, $2.0 million (unaudited), $1.0 million, and $1.1 million, respectively, and the additional interest income on non-accrual loans that would have been recognized if interest on all such loans had been recorded based upon the original contract terms totaled $8.1 million, $4.9 million (unaudited), $2.3 million, and $7.5 million, respectively. During the years ended June 30, 2008, the total amount of interest income received on non-accrual loans outstanding and the additional interest income on non-accrual loans that would have been recognized if interest on all such loans had been recorded based upon the original contract terms were immaterial. The Company has no loans past due 90 days or more that are still accruing interest

86


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
At December 31, 2010 and 2009 loans meeting the Company’s definition of an impaired loan were primarily collateral dependent and totaled $69.3 million, and $48.4 million, respectively, with allocations of the allowance for loan losses of $5.0 million, and $6.1 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, six month period ended December 31, 2009 and the year ended June 30, 2009, interest income received and recognized on these loans totaled $206,000, $1.8 million (unaudited) $680,000 and $534,000, respectively. For the year ended June 30, 2008, the interest income received and recognized on these loans was immaterial. The average balance of impaired loans was $54.8 million, $50.0 million (unaudited), $58.2 million, $48.2 million, and $2.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, six month period ended December 31, 2009 and years ended June 30, 2009, and 2008, respectively. At December 31, 2010 there are 13 residential loans totaling $4.8 million which are deemed troubled debt restructurings. These loans are performing under the restructured terms.

87


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
    The following table presents loans individually evaluated for impairment by class of loans as of December 31, 2010:
                                         
            Unpaid             Average     Interest  
    Recorded     Principal     Related     Recorded     Income  
    Investment     Balance     Allowance     Investment     Recognized  
    (In thousands)  
With no related allowance:
                                       
Residential Mortgage
  $ 288       288                   8  
Multi-Family
                             
Commercial
                             
Construction Loans
    26,146       42,936                        
Commercial and Industrial
                             
Consumer and Other
                             
 
                                       
With an allowance recorded:
                                       
Residential Mortgage
    4,534       4,534       1,214             176  
Multi-Family
                             
Commercial
                             
Construction Loans
    38,307       46,557       3,775               22  
Commercial and Industrial
                             
Consumer and Other
                             
 
                                       
Total:
                                       
Residential Mortgage
    4,822       4,822       1,214             184  
Multi-Family
                             
Commercial
                            22  
Construction Loans
    64,453       89,493       3,775                  
Commercial and Industrial
                             
Consumer and Other
                             
 
                             
Total impaired loans
  $ 69,275       94,315       4,989             206  
 
                                   
    During the year ended June 30, 2008, the Company began selling loans on a servicing-retained basis. Loans that were sold on this basis, amounted to $979.8 million, $620.4 million, $365.7 million and $62.6 million at December 31, 2010, December 31, 2009, June 30, 2009 and 2008, respectively, all of which relate to residential mortgage loans. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the servicing asset, included in intangible assets, had an estimated fair value of $9.3 million and $5.5 million, respectively. Fair value was based on expected future cash flows considering a weighted average discount rate of 9.0%, a weighted average constant prepayment rate on mortgages of 12.9% and a weighted average life of 5.9 years.
(6) Accrued Interest Receivable
    Accrued interest receivable is summarized as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
Securities
  $ 4,221       4,543  
Loans receivable
    36,320       32,399  
 
           
 
  $ 40,541       36,942  
 
           

88


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
(7) Office Properties and Equipment, Net
    Office properties and equipment are summarized as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
Land
  $ 9,339       9,339  
Office buildings
    24,499       23,637  
Leasehold improvements
    23,449       17,239  
Furniture, fixtures and equipment
    22,253       17,131  
Construction in process
    1,653       3,190  
 
           
 
    81,193       70,536  
Less accumulated depreciation and amortization
    24,266       21,152  
 
           
 
  $ 56,927       49,384  
 
           
    Depreciation and amortization expense for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, six month period ended December 31, 2009 and years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 was $4.7 million, $3.7 million (unaudited), $2.0 million, $2.7 million and $2.8 million, respectively.
(8) Deposits
    Deposits are summarized as follows:
                                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Weighted             %     Weighted             %  
    Average             of     Average             of  
    Rate     Amount     Total     Rate     Amount     Total  
            (Dollars in thousands)          
Savings
    0.93 %   $ 1,135,091       16.75 %     1.64 %   $ 877,421       15.02 %
Checking accounts
    0.37       1,367,282       20.18       0.81       927,675       15.88  
Money market deposits
    0.81       832,514       12.29       1.26       742,618       12.72  
 
                                       
Total transaction accounts
    0.65       3,334,887       49.22       1.21       2,547,714       43.62  
Certificates of deposit
    1.78       3,440,043       50.78       2.18       3,292,929       56.38  
 
                                       
Total deposits
    1.22 %   $ 6,774,930       100.00 %     1.77 %   $ 5,840,643       100.00 %
 
                                       
    Scheduled maturities of certificates of deposit are as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
Within one year
  $ 2,205,311       2,373,901  
One to two years
    989,792       610,301  
Two to three years
    86,884       188,260  
Three to four years
    80,851       29,516  
After four years
    77,205       90,951  
 
           
 
  $ 3,440,043       3,292,929  
 
           
    The aggregate amount of certificates of deposit in denominations of $100,000 or more totaled approximately $1.25 billion and $1.10 billion at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009.

89


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
    Interest expense on deposits consists of the following:
                                         
                    Six Month Period        
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended December 31,     Year Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2009     2008  
            (Unaudited)                          
    (In thousands)  
Savings
  $ 13,958       14,533       7,615       10,568       7,718  
Checking accounts
    6,406       13,252       4,426       11,668       7,329  
Money market deposits
    7,299       7,834       4,392       6,466       5,005  
Certificates of deposit
    63,148       87,383       40,144       100,660       132,693  
 
                             
 
  $ 90,811       123,002       56,577       129,362       152,745  
 
                             
 
(9)   Borrowed Funds
    Borrowed funds are summarized as follows:
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
            Weighted             Weighted  
            Average             Average  
    Principal     Rate     Principal     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Funds borrowed under repurchase agreements:
                               
FHLB
  $ 110,000       3.77 %   $ 310,000       3.94 %
Other brokers
    390,000       4.64       440,000       4.65  
 
                           
Total funds borrowed under repurchase agreements
    500,000       4.45       750,000       4.36  
Other borrowed funds:
                               
FHLB advances
    1,326,514       3.09       850,542       3.79  
 
                           
Total borrowed funds
  $ 1,826,514       3.47     $ 1,600,542       4.05  
 
                           
         Borrowed funds had scheduled maturities as follows:
                                 
    December 31  
    2010     2009  
            Weighted             Weighted  
            Average             Average  
    Principal     Rate     Principal     Rate  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Within one year
  $ 751,000       3.11 %   $ 355,000       4.05 %
One to two years
    380,514       3.92       520,000       4.32  
Two to three years
    240,000       3.90       380,542       3.92  
Three to four years
    105,000       3.08       240,000       3.90  
Four to five years
    300,000       3.50       55,000       3.38  
After five years
    50,000       3.86       50,000       3.86  
 
                           
Total borrowed funds
  $ 1,826,514       3.47     $ 1,600,542       4.05  
 
                           
    Mortgage-backed securities have been sold, subject to repurchase agreements, to the FHLB and various brokers. Mortgage-backed securities sold, subject to repurchase agreements, are held by the FHLB for the benefit of the Company. Repurchase agreements require repurchase of the identical securities. Whole mortgage loans have been pledged to the FHLB as collateral for advances, but are held by the Company.

90


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
    The amortized cost and fair value of the underlying securities used as collateral for securities sold under agreements to repurchase are as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (Dollars in thousands)  
Amortized cost of collateral:
               
Debt securities
  $ 15,000       25,004  
Mortgage-backed securities
    715,612       993,133  
 
           
Total amortized cost of collateral
  $ 730,612       1,018,137  
 
           
Fair value of collateral:
               
Debt securities
  $ 15,245       25,752  
Mortgage-backed securities
    736,302       1,014,226  
 
           
Total fair value of collateral
  $ 751,547       1,039,978  
 
           
    In addition to the above securities, the Company has also pledged mortgage loans as collateral for these borrowings.
 
    During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, six month period ended December 31, 2009 and years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, the maximum month-end balance of the repurchase agreements was $675.0 million, $910.0 million (unaudited), $860.0 million, $960.0 million and $1.11 billion, respectively. The average amount of repurchase agreements outstanding during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, six month period ended December 31, 2009 and years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, was $611.4 million, $857.0 million (unaudited), $823.6 million, $902.3 million and $999.7 million, respectively, and the average interest rate was 4.46%, 4.36% (unaudited), 4.43%, 4.38% and 4.58%, respectively.
 
    At December 31, 2010, the Company participated in the FHLB’s Overnight Advance program. This program allows members to borrow overnight up to their maximum borrowing capacity at the FHLB. At December 31, 2010 our borrowing capacity at the FHLB was $2.77 billion, of which $1.44 billion was outstanding. The overnight advances are priced at the federal funds rate plus a spread (generally between 20 and 40 basis points) and re-price daily. In addition, the Bank had a 12-month commitment for overnight with other institutions totaling $50 million, of which no balance was outstanding at December 31, 2010.
(10) Income Taxes
    The components of income tax expense (benefit) are as follows:
                                         
                    Six Month Period        
    Year Ended December 31,     Ended December 31,     Year Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2009     2008  
            (Unaudited)                          
    (In thousands)  
Current tax expense:
                                       
Federal
  $ 48,622       26,027       15,850       22,925       10,020  
State
    2,422       32       16       106       612  
 
                             
 
    51,044       26,059       15,866       23,031       10,632  
 
                             
Deferred tax (benefit) expense:
                                       
Federal
    (15,757 )     (8,001 )     (4,935 )     (57,386 )     (1,335 )
State
    1,316       5,386       3,390       (9,845 )     (267 )
 
                             
 
    (14,441 )     (2,615 )     (1,545 )     (67,231 )     (1,602 )
 
                             
Total income tax expense (benefit)
  $ 36,603       23,444       14,321       (44,200 )     9,030  
 
                             
    The following table presents a reconciliation between the actual income tax expense (benefit) and the “expected” amount computed using the applicable statutory federal income tax rate of 35%:

91


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
                                         
    Year Ended December 31,     Six Month Period
Ended December 31,
    Year Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2009     2008  
            (Unaudited)                          
    (In thousands)  
“Expected” federal income tax expense
  $ 34,517       20,495       12,909       (38,191 )     8,770  
State tax, net
    2,430       3,522       2,214       (6,330 )     224  
Bank owned life insurance
    (874 )     (766 )     (455 )     (1,005 )     (1,391 )
Gain on acquisition
    (646 )                        
Expiration of loss carry forward
    1,484                          
Change in valuation allowance for federal deferred tax assets
    (1,455 )     (879 )     (1,110 )     407       281  
ESOP fair market value adjustment
    129       (15 )     4       81       211  
Non-deductible compensation
    760       981       697       742       455  
Other
    258       106       62       96       480  
 
                             
Total income tax expense (benefit)
  $ 36,603       23,444       14,321       (44,200 )     9,030  
 
                             
    The temporary differences and loss carryforwards which comprise the deferred tax asset and liability are as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
Deferred tax asset:
               
Employee benefits
  $ 16,191       13,605  
Deferred compensation
    1,187       1,016  
State net operating loss (NOL) carryforwards
          2,585  
Intangible assets
          16  
Allowance for loan losses
    33,604       19,725  
Net unrealized loss on securities
    13,029       13,960  
Net other than temporary impairment loss on securities
    49,312       49,479  
New Jersey alternative minimum assessment
    1,037       2,402  
Capital losses on securities
    807       2,533  
Contribution to charitable foundation
          1,418  
ESOP
    1,380       1,517  
Allowance for delinquent interest
    9,102       4,807  
Federal NOL carryforwards
    126       4,391  
Fair value adjustments related to acquisition
    1,824       2,539  
Other
    3,071       592  
 
           
Gross deferred tax asset
    130,670       120,585  
Valuation allowance
    (807 )     (3,642 )
 
           
 
    129,863       116,943  
 
           
 
               
Deferred tax liability:
               
Intangible assets
    1,196        
Discount accretion
    255       (12 )
Premises and equipment, differences in depreciation
    202       (188 )
 
           
Gross deferred tax liability
    1,653       (200 )
 
           
Net deferred tax asset
  $ 128,210       117,143  
 
           
    A deferred tax asset is recognized for the estimated future tax effects attributable to temporary differences and carryforwards. The measurement of deferred tax assets is reduced by the amount of any tax benefits that, based on available evidence, are more likely than not to be realized. The ultimate realization of the deferred tax asset is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences and carryforwards become deductible.
 
    As of December 31, 2010 the Company had utilized the State net operating loss carry forwards balance of which was $44.2 million at December 31, 2009.
 
    At December 31, 2010, the Company had gross unrealized losses totaling $158.0 million pertaining to our trust preferred securities which were recognized as OTTI charges during the year ended June 30, 2009. Based upon projections of future taxable

92


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
    income and the ability to carry back losses for two years, management believes it is more likely than not the Company will realize the deferred tax asset.
 
    A valuation allowance is recorded for tax benefits which management has determined are not more likely than not to be realized. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the valuation allowance was $807,000 and $3.6 million, respectively. During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company removed the deferred tax asset related to the $4.2 million FHLMC capital loss carryforward and the related valuation reserve of $1.7 million as they expired on December 31, 2010. In addition, the Company removed the $19.5 million state charitable deduction and the related valuation allowance of $1.1 million, as they expired December 31, 2010. During the six months ended December 31, 2009, the Company reversed a previously established federal valuation allowance related to the contribution to the charitable foundation as management believes that is more likely than not that the Company will realize the deferred tax asset based on the projection of future taxable income.
    Retained earnings at December 31, 2010 included approximately $40.7 million for which deferred income taxes of approximately $16.6 million have not been provided. The retained earnings amount represents the base year allocation of income to bad debt deductions for tax purposes only. Base year reserves are subject to recapture if the Bank makes certain non-dividend distributions, repurchases any of its stock, pays dividends in excess of tax earnings and profits, or ceases to maintain a bank charter. Under ASC 740, this amount is treated as a permanent difference and deferred taxes are not recognized unless it appears that it will be reduced and result in taxable income in the foreseeable future. Events that would result in taxation of these reserves include failure to qualify as a bank for tax purposes or distributions in complete or partial liquidation.
    The Company had no unrecognized tax benefits or related interest or penalties at December 31, 2010 and 2009.
    The Company files income tax returns in the United States federal jurisdiction and in the states of New Jersey, New York and Massachusetts. With few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to federal and state income tax examinations by tax authorities for years prior to 2006. Currently, the Company is not under examination by any taxing authority.
(11) Benefit Plans
    Defined Benefit Pension Plan
    The Company maintains a defined benefit pension plan. Since it is a multiemployer plan, costs of the pension plan are based on contributions required to be made to the pension plan. The Company’s required contribution and pension cost was $1.2 million, $2.0 million (unaudited), $941,000, $1.7 million and $2.0 million in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the six month period ended December 31, 2009, and fiscal 2009 and 2008, respectively. The accrued pension liability was $2.5 million and $1.2 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively.
    SERP, Directors’ Plan and Other Postretirement Benefits Plan
    The Company has a Supplemental Executive Retirement Wage Replacement Plan (SERP). The SERP is a nonqualified, defined benefit plan which provides benefits to employees as designated by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors if their benefits and/or contributions under the pension plan are limited by the Internal Revenue Code. The Company also has a nonqualified, defined benefit plan which provides benefits to certain directors. The SERP and the directors’ plan are unfunded and the costs of the plans are recognized over the period that services are provided.
    The Company also provided (i) postretirement health care benefits to retired employees hired prior to April 1991 who attained at least ten years of service and (ii) certain life insurance benefits to all retired employees. During the year ended June 30, 2008, the Company curtailed the benefits to current employees and settled its obligations to retired employees, recorded as benefits paid, related to the postretirement benefit plan and recognized a pre-tax gain of $2.3 million as a reduction of compensation and fringe benefits expense in the consolidated statements of income.

93


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
    The following table sets forth information regarding the SERP and the directors’ defined benefit plan:
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
Change in benefit obligation:
               
Benefit obligation at beginning of year
  $ 16,060       17,307  
Service cost
    721       293  
Interest cost
    879       525  
Actuarial (gain) loss
    (1,014 )     (1,423 )
Benefits paid
    (675 )     (642 )
 
           
Benefit obligation at end of year
  $ 15,971       16,060  
 
           
Funded status
  $ (15,971 )     (16,060 )
 
           
    The underfunded pension benefits of $16.0 million and $16.1 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively, are included in other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The components of accumulated other comprehensive loss related to pension plans, on a pre-tax basis, at December 31, 2010 and 2009, are summarized in the following table.
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
Prior service cost
  $ 439     $ 537  
Net actuarial loss
    976       2,044  
 
           
Total amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive income
  $ 1,415     $ 2,581  
 
           
    The accumulated benefit obligation for the SERP and directors’ defined benefit plan was $13.0 million and $14.3 million at December 31, 2010 and 2009, respectively. The measurement date for our SERP, directors’ plan is December 31 for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 and the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and June 30 for fiscal years 2009 and 2008.
    The weighted-average actuarial assumptions used in the plan determinations at December 31, 2010 and 2009 were as follows:
                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
Discount rate
    5.18 %     5.61 %
Rate of compensation increase
    3.63       3.58  
    The components of net periodic benefit cost are as follows:
                                         
                    Six Month        
                    Period        
    Year Ended     Ended     Year Ended  
    December 31,     December 31,     June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2009     2008  
            (Unaudited)                          
    (In thousands)  
Service cost
  $ 721       564       293       543       456  
Interest cost
    879       1,052       525       1,054       958  
Amortization of:
                                       
Prior service cost
    97       98       49       97       98  
Net loss
    54       160       91       138       114  
 
                             
Total net periodic benefit cost
  $ 1,751       1,874       958       1,832       1,626  
 
                             
    The following are the weighted average assumptions used to determine net periodic benefit cost:
                                         
                    Six Month        
                    Period Ended        
    Year Ended December 31,     December 31,     Year Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2009     2008  
            (Unaudited)                          
Discount rate
    5.61 %     6.46 %     6.18 %     6.75 %     6.25 %
Rate of compensation increase
    3.58       3.60       3.56       3.64       5.05  
    Estimated future benefit payments, which reflect expected future service, as appropriate for the next ten calendar years are as follows:

94


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
         
    Amount  
    (In thousands)  
2011
  $ 884  
2012
    926  
2013
    931  
2014
    918  
2015
    905  
2016 through 2020
    5,358  
    Summit Federal Benefit Plans
 
    Summit Federal, at the time of merger, had a funded non-contributory defined benefit pension plan covering all eligible employees and an unfunded, non-qualified defined benefit SERP for the benefit of certain key employees. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the pension plan had an accrued liability of $681,000 and $990,000, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the charges recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the pension plan were $934,000 and $1.2 million, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the SERP plan had an accrued liability of $1.1 million and $911,000, respectively. At December 31, 2010 and 2009, the charges recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss for the SERP plan were $152,000 and $98,000, respectively. For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and the years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, the expense related to these plans was $340,000, $283,000 (unaudited), $131,000, $561,000 and $140,000, respectively.
 
    401(k) Plan
 
    The Company has a 401(k) plan covering substantially all employees providing they meet the eligibility age requirement of age 21. The Company matches 50% of the first 6% contributed by the participants. The Company’s aggregate contributions to the 401(k) plan for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and the years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 were $761,000, $628,000 (unaudited), $305,000, $572,000, and $477,000, respectively.
 
    Employee Stock Ownership Plan
 
    The ESOP is a tax-qualified plan designed to invest primarily in the Company’s common stock that provides employees with the opportunity to receive a funded retirement benefit from the Bank, based primarily on the value of the Company’s common stock. The ESOP was authorized to purchase, and did purchase, 4,254,072 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price of $10.00 per share with the proceeds of a loan from the Company to the ESOP. The outstanding loan principal balance at December 31, 2010 was $36.7 million. Shares of the Company’s common stock pledged as collateral for the loan are released from the pledge for allocation to participants as loan payments are made.
 
    At December 31, 2010, shares allocated to participants were 850,815 since the plan inception. ESOP shares that were unallocated or not yet committed to be released totaled 3,403,257 at December 31, 2010, and had a fair market value of $44.7 million. ESOP compensation expense for the years ended December 2010 and 2009, the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and the years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008 was $1.8 million, $1.4 million (unaudited), $722,000, $1.6 million, and $2.0 million, respectively, representing the fair market value of shares allocated or committed to be released during the year.
 
    The Company also has established an Amended and Restated Supplemental ESOP and Retirement Plan, which is a non-qualified plan that provides supplemental benefits to certain executives as designated by the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors who are prevented from receiving the full benefits contemplated by the retirement plan and/or employee stock ownership plan’s benefit formula. With regards to the Supplemental ESOP, the supplemental benefits consist of payments representing shares that cannot be allocated to participants under the ESOP due to the legal limitations imposed on tax-qualified plans. During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and the years ended June 30, 2009, and 2008 compensation expense (benefit) related to this plan amounted to $200,000, $(50,000) (unaudited), $100,000, $0, and $225,000, respectively.
 
    Equity Incentive Plan
 
    At the annual meeting held on October 24, 2006, stockholders of the Company approved the Investors Bancorp, Inc. 2006 Equity Incentive Plan. The Company adopted ASC 718, “Compensation- Stock Compensation”, upon approval of the Plan, and began to expense the fair value of all share-based compensation granted over the requisite service periods.
 
    During the year ended December 31, 2010, the Compensation and Benefits Committee approved the issuance of an additional 495,000 restricted stock awards and 5,000 stock options to certain officers. During the year ended December 31, 2009, the

95


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
    Compensation and Benefits Committee approved the issuance of an additional 5,000 restricted stock awards and 10,000 stock options to one officer.
    ASC 718 also requires the Company to report as a financing cash flow the benefits of realized tax deductions in excess of the deferred tax benefits previously recognized for compensation expense. There were no such excess tax benefits in the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and the years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008. In accordance with ASC 718, the Company classified share-based compensation for employees and outside directors within “compensation and fringe benefits” in the consolidated statements of income to correspond with the same line item as the cash compensation paid.
    Stock options generally vest over a five-year service period. The Company recognizes compensation expense for all option grants over the awards’ respective requisite service periods. Management estimated the fair values of all option grants using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Since there is limited historical information on the volatility of the Company’s stock, management also considered the average volatilities of similar entities for an appropriate period in determining the assumed volatility rate used in the estimation of fair value. Management estimated the expected life of the options using the simplified method allowed under ASC 718. The 7-year Treasury yield in effect at the time of the grant provides the risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option, which is ten years. The Company recognizes compensation expense for the fair values of these awards, which have graded vesting, on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of the awards.
    Restricted shares generally vest over a five-year service period or seven year performance based period. The product of the number of shares granted and the grant date market price of the Company’s common stock determines the fair value of restricted shares under the Company’s restricted stock plan. The Company recognizes compensation expense for the fair value of restricted shares on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period.
    During the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and the years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, the Company recorded $9.5 million, $11.8 million (unaudited), $5.7 million, $11.3 million and $9.8 million, respectively, of share-based compensation expense, comprised of stock option expense of $3.7 million, $4.9 million (unaudited), $2.4 million, $4.7 million and $4.1 million, respectively, and restricted stock expense of $5.8 million, $6.8 million (unaudited), $3.3 million, $6.6 million and $5.7 million, respectively.
    The following is a summary of the status of the Company’s restricted shares as of December 31, 2010 and changes therein during the year then ended:
                 
            Weighted  
    Number of     Average  
    Shares     Grant Date  
    Awarded     Fair Value  
Non-vested at December 31, 2009
    759,415     $ 14.82  
Granted
    495,000       12.67  
Vested
    (388,368 )     14.93  
Forfeited
    (5,000 )     12.67  
 
             
Non-vested at December 31, 2010
    861,047     $ 13.55  
 
             
    Expected future compensation expense relating to the non-vested restricted shares at December 31, 2010 is $10.3 million over a weighted average period of 3.8 years.
    The following is a summary of the Company’s stock option activity and related information for its option plan for the year ended December 31, 2010:
                                 
                    Weighted        
            Weighted     Average        
    Number of     Average     Remaining     Aggregate  
    Stock     Exercise     Contractual     Intrinsic  
    Options     Price     Life     Value  
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
    5,146,752     $ 15.01     7.1 years   $  
Granted
    5,000       12.67                  
Exercised
                           
Forfeited
    (434,184 )     14.99                  
 
                             
Outstanding at December 31, 2010
    4,717,568     $ 15.01     6.1 years   $  
 
                             
Exercisable at December 31, 2010
    3,491,455     $ 15.08     6.0 years   $  
    The fair value of the option grants was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model with the following weighted average assumptions:

96


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2010     2009  
Expected dividend yield
    0.63 %     0.90 %
Expected volatility
    32.48 %     34.35 %
Risk-free interest rate
    2.48 %     2.71 %
Expected option life
  6.5 years   6.5 years
    The weighted average grant date fair value of options granted during the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009 was $4.40, $3.55 per share, respectively. Expected future expense relating to the non-vested options outstanding as of December 31, 2010 is $3.7 million over a weighted average period of 1.8 years. Upon exercise of vested options, management expects to draw on treasury stock as the source of the shares.
(12) Commitments and Contingencies
    The Company is a defendant in certain claims and legal actions arising in the ordinary course of business. Management and the Company’s legal counsel are of the opinion that the ultimate disposition of these matters will not have a material adverse effect on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or liquidity.
    At December 31, 2010, the Company was obligated under various non-cancelable operating leases on buildings and land used for office space and banking purposes. These operating leases contain escalation clauses which provide for increased rental expense, based primarily on increases in real estate taxes and cost-of-living indices. Rental expense under these leases aggregated approximately $7.2 million, $4.9 million (unaudited), $2.6 million, $4.4 million and $4.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, six month period ended December 31, 2009 and fiscal years 2009 and 2008, respectively. The projected annual minimum rental commitments are as follows:
         
    Amount  
    (In thousands)  
2011
  $ 7,961  
2012
    7,269  
2013
    6,689  
2014
    6,596  
2015
    6,544  
Thereafter
    41,196  
 
     
 
  $ 76,255  
 
     
    Financial Transactions with Off-Balance-Sheet Risk and Concentrations of Credit Risk
    The Company is a party to transactions with off-balance-sheet risk in the normal course of business in order to meet the financing needs of its customers. These transactions consist of commitments to extend credit. These transactions involve, to varying degrees, elements of credit and interest rate risk in excess of the amounts recognized in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets.
    At December 31, 2010, the Company had commitments to originate fixed- and variable-rate loans of approximately $258.5 million and $200.8 million, respectively; commitments to purchase fixed- and variable-rate loans of $76.0 million and $54.4 million, respectively; and unused home equity and overdraft lines of credit, and undisbursed business and construction loans, totaling approximately $496.4 million. No commitments are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The Company has no exposure to credit loss if the customer does not exercise its rights to borrow under the commitment.
    The Company uses the same credit policies and collateral requirements in making commitments and conditional obligations as it does for on-balance-sheet loans. Commitments to extend credit are agreements to lend to customers as long as there is no violation of any condition established in the contract. Commitments generally have fixed expiration dates or other termination clauses and may require payment of a fee. Since the commitments may expire without being drawn upon, the total commitment amounts do not necessarily represent future cash requirements. The Company evaluates each customer’s creditworthiness on a case-by-case basis. The amount of collateral obtained if deemed necessary by the Company upon extension of credit is based on management’s credit evaluation of the borrower. Collateral held varies but primarily includes residential properties.
    The Company principally grants residential mortgage loans, commercial real estate, multi-family, construction, C&I and consumer loans to borrowers throughout New Jersey and states in close proximity to New Jersey. Its borrowers’ abilities to repay

97


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
their obligations are dependent upon various factors, including the borrowers’ income and net worth, cash flows generated by the underlying collateral, value of the underlying collateral and priority of the Company’s lien on the property. Such factors are dependent upon various economic conditions and individual circumstances beyond the Company’s control; the Company is, therefore, subject to risk of loss. The Company believes its lending policies and procedures adequately minimize the potential exposure to such risks, and adequate provisions for loan losses are provided for all probable and estimable losses. Collateral and/or government or private guarantees are required for virtually all loans.
The Company also originates interest-only one-to four-family mortgage loans in which the borrower makes only interest payments for the first five, seven or ten years of the mortgage loan term. This feature will result in future increases in the borrower’s contractually required payments due to the required amortization of the principal amount after the interest-only period. These payment increases could affect the borrower’s ability to repay the loan. The amount of interest-only one-to four-family mortgage loans at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009 was $529.1 million, and $560.7 million, respectively. The Company maintains stricter underwriting criteria for these interest-only loans than it does for its amortizing loans. The Company believes these criteria adequately control the potential exposure to such risks and that adequate provisions for loan losses are provided for all known and inherent risks.
In the normal course of business the Company sells residential mortgage loans to third parties. These loan sales are subject to customary representations and warranties. In the event that we are found to be in breach of these representations and warranties, we may be obligated to repurchase certain of these loans.
In connection with its mortgage banking activities, the Company has certain freestanding derivative instruments. At December 31, 2010, the Company had commitments of approximately $49.7 million to fund loans which will be classified as held-for-sale with a like amount of commitments to sell such loans which are considered derivative instruments under ASC 815, “Derivatives and Hedging.” The Company also had commitments of $41.6 million to sell loans at December 31, 2010. The fair values of these derivative instruments are immaterial to the Company’s financial condition and results of operations.
Standby letters of credit are conditional commitments issued by us to guarantee the performance of a customer to a third party. The guarantees generally extend for a term of up to one year and are fully collateralized. For each guarantee issued, if the customer defaults on a payment or performance to the third party, we would have to perform under the guarantee. Outstanding standby letters of credit totaled $10.3 million at December 31, 2010. The fair values of these obligations were immaterial at December 31, 2010. In addition at December 31, 2010, we had $203,000 in commercial letters of credit outstanding.
(13) Fair Value Measurements
We use fair value measurements to record fair value adjustments to certain assets and liabilities and to determine fair value disclosures. Our securities available-for-sale are recorded at fair value on a recurring basis. Additionally, from time to time, we may be required to record at fair value other assets or liabilities on a non-recurring basis, such as held-to-maturity securities, MSR, loans receivable and REO. These non-recurring fair value adjustments involve the application of lower-of-cost-or-market accounting or write-downs of individual assets. Additionally, in connection with our mortgage banking activities we have commitments to fund loans held for sale and commitments to sell loans, which are considered free-standing derivative instruments, the fair values of which are not material to our financial condition or results of operations.
In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) ASC 820, “Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures”, we group our assets and liabilities at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets are traded and the reliability of the assumptions used to determine fair value. These levels are:
    Level 1 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for identical instruments traded in active markets.
 
    Level 2 — Valuation is based upon quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that are not active and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable in the market.
 
    Level 3 — Valuation is generated from model-based techniques that use significant assumptions not observable in the market. These unobservable assumptions reflect our own estimates of assumptions that market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability. Valuation techniques include the use of option pricing models, discounted cash flow models and similar techniques. The results cannot be determined with precision and may not be realized in an actual sale or immediate settlement of the asset or liability.

98


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
We base our fair values on the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants at the measurement date. ASC 820 requires us to maximize the use of observable inputs and minimize the use of unobservable inputs when measuring fair value.
The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis.
Securities available-for-sale
Our available-for-sale portfolio is carried at estimated fair value on a recurring basis, with any unrealized gains and losses, net of taxes, reported as accumulated other comprehensive income/loss in stockholders’ equity. Approximately 99% of our securities available-for-sale portfolio consists of mortgage-backed and government-sponsored enterprise securities. The fair values of these securities are obtained from an independent nationally recognized pricing service, which is then compared to a second independent pricing source for reasonableness. Our independent pricing service provides us with prices which are categorized as Level 2, as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets are generally not available for the majority of securities in our portfolio. Various modeling techniques are used to determine pricing for our mortgage-backed and government-sponsored enterprise securities, including option pricing and discounted cash flow models. The inputs to these models include benchmark yields, reported trades, broker/dealer quotes, issuer spreads, two-sided markets, benchmark securities, bids, offers and reference data. The remaining 1% of our securities available-for-sale portfolio is comprised primarily of private fund investments for which the issuer provides us prices which are categorized as Level 2, as quoted prices in active markets for identical assets are generally not available.
The following table provides the level of valuation assumptions used to determine the carrying value of our assets measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
                                 
    Carrying Value at December 31, 2010  
    Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
            (In thousands)          
Securities available for sale:
                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 600,501             600,501        
Equity securities
    2,232             2,232        
 
                       
 
  $ 602,733             602,733        
 
                       
                                 
    Carrying Value at December 31, 2009  
    Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
            (In thousands)          
Securities available for sale:
                               
Mortgage-backed securities
  $ 444,151             444,151        
GSE debt securities
    25,039             25,039        
Equity securities
    2,053             2,053        
 
                       
 
  $ 471,243             471,243        
 
                       
The following is a description of valuation methodologies used for assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.
Securities held-to-maturity
Our held-to-maturity portfolio, consisting primarily of mortgage backed securities and other debt securities for which we have a positive intent and ability to hold to maturity, is carried at amortized cost. We conduct a periodic review and evaluation of the held-to-maturity portfolio to determine if the value of any security has declined below its cost or amortized cost, and whether such decline is other-than-temporary. Management utilizes various inputs to determine the fair value of the portfolio. To the extent they exist, unadjusted quoted market prices in active markets (level 1) or quoted prices on similar assets (level 2) are utilized to determine the fair value of each investment in the portfolio. In the absence of quoted prices and in an illiquid market, valuation techniques, which require inputs that are both significant to the fair value measurement and unobservable (level 3), are used to determine fair value of the investment. Valuation techniques are based on various assumptions, including, but not limited to cash flows, discount rates, rate of return, adjustments for nonperformance and liquidity, and liquidation values. If a determination is made that a debt security is other-than-temporarily impaired, the Company will estimate the amount of the unrealized loss that is attributable to credit and all other non-credit related factors. The credit related component will be recognized as an other-than-temporary impairment charge in non-interest income as a component of gain (loss) on securities, net. The non-credit related component will be recorded as an adjustment to accumulated other comprehensive income, net of tax.

99


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
Mortgage Servicing Rights, net
Mortgage Servicing Rights are carried at the lower of cost or estimated fair value. The estimated fair value of MSR is obtained through independent third party valuations through an analysis of future cash flows, incorporating estimates of assumptions market participants would use in determining fair value including market discount rates, prepayment speeds, servicing income, servicing costs, default rates and other market driven data, including the market’s perception of future interest rate movements and, as such, are classified as Level 3.
Loans Receivable
Loans which meet certain criteria are evaluated individually for impairment. A loan is deemed to be impaired if it is a commercial real estate, multi-family or construction loan with an outstanding balance greater than $3.0 million and on non-accrual status and all loans subject to a troubled debt restructuring. Our impaired loans are generally collateral dependent and, as such, are carried at the estimated fair value of the collateral less estimated selling costs. In order to estimate fair value, once interest or principal payments are 90 days delinquent or when the timely collection of such income is considered doubtful an updated appraisal is obtained. Thereafter, in the event the most recent appraisal does not reflect the current market conditions due to the passage of time and other factors, management will obtain an updated appraisal or make downward adjustments to the existing appraised value based on their knowledge of the property, local real estate market conditions, recent real estate transactions, and for estimated selling costs, if applicable. Therefore, these adjustments are generally classified as Level 3.
Other Real Estate Owned
Other Real Estate Owned is recorded at estimated fair value, less estimated selling costs when acquired, thus establishing a new cost basis. Fair value is generally based on independent appraisals. These appraisals include adjustments to comparable assets based on the appraisers’ market knowledge and experience, and are considered Level 3 inputs. When an asset is acquired, the excess of the loan balance over fair value, less estimated selling costs, is charged to the allowance for loan losses. If the estimated fair value of the asset declines, a writedown is recorded through expense. The valuation of foreclosed assets is subjective in nature and may be adjusted in the future because of changes in economic conditions. Operating costs after acquisition are generally expensed.
The following table provides the level of valuation assumptions used to determine the carrying value of our assets measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis at December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, respectively.
                                 
    Carrying Value at December 31, 2010  
    Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
            (In thousands)          
MSR, net
  $ 9,262                   9,262  
Impaired loans
    53,920                   53,920  
Other real estate owned
    976                   976  
 
                       
 
  $ 64,158                   64,158  
 
                       
                                 
    Carrying Value at December 31, 2009  
    Total     Level 1     Level 2     Level 3  
            (In thousands)          
MSR, net
  $ 5,496                   5,496  
Impaired loans
    39,437                   39,437  
 
                       
 
  $ 44,933                   44,933  
 
                       
(14) Fair Value of Financial Instruments
Effective April 1, 2009, the Company adopted new accounting guidance by the FASB, which requires disclosures about fair value of financial instruments for annual financial statements for publicly traded companies. Fair value estimates, methods and assumptions are set forth below for the Company’s financial instruments.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
For cash and due from banks, the carrying amount approximates fair value.

100


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
Securities
The fair values of securities are estimated based on market values provided by an independent pricing service, where prices are available. If a quoted market price was not available, the fair value was estimated using quoted market values of similar instruments, adjusted for differences between the quoted instruments and the instruments being valued.
FHLB Stock
The fair value of FHLB stock is its carrying value, since this is the amount for which it could be redeemed. There is no active market for this stock and the Bank is required to hold a minimum investment based upon the unpaid principal of home mortgage loans and/or FHLB advances outstanding.
Loans
Fair values are estimated for portfolios of loans with similar financial characteristics. Loans are segregated by type such as residential mortgage and consumer. Each loan category is further segmented into fixed and adjustable rate interest terms and by performing and nonperforming categories.
The fair value of performing loans, except residential mortgage loans, is calculated by discounting scheduled cash flows through the estimated maturity using estimated market discount rates that reflect the credit and interest rate risk inherent in the loan. For performing residential mortgage loans, fair value is estimated by discounting contractual cash flows adjusted for prepayment estimates using discount rates based on secondary market sources adjusted to reflect differences in servicing and credit costs, if applicable. Fair value for significant nonperforming loans is based on recent external appraisals of collateral securing such loans, adjusted for the timing of anticipated cash flows.
Deposit Liabilities
The fair value of deposits with no stated maturity, such as savings, checking accounts and money market accounts, is equal to the amount payable on demand. The fair value of certificates of deposit is based on the discounted value of contractual cash flows. The discount rate is estimated using the rates which approximate currently offered for deposits of similar remaining maturities.
Borrowings
The fair value of borrowings are based on securities dealers’ estimated market values, when available, or estimated using discounted contractual cash flows using rates which approximate the rates offered for borrowings of similar remaining maturities.
Commitments to Extend Credit
The fair value of commitments to extend credit is estimated using the fees currently charged to enter into similar agreements, taking into account the remaining terms of the agreements and the present creditworthiness of the counterparties. For commitments to originate fixed rate loans, fair value also considers the difference between current levels of interest rates and the committed rates. Due to the short-term nature of our outstanding commitments, the fair values of these commitments are immaterial to our financial condition.
The carrying amounts and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments are presented in the following table.
                                 
    December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    Carrying             Carrying        
    Amount     Fair Value     Amount     Fair Value  
            (In thousands)          
Financial assets:
                               
Cash and cash equivalents
  $ 76,224       76,224       73,606       73,606  
Securities available-for-sale
    602,733       602,733       471,243       471,243  
Securities held-to-maturity
    478,536       514,223       717,441       753,405  
Stock in FHLB
    80,369       80,369       66,202       66,202  
Loans
    7,952,759       8,231,847       6,642,502       6,821,767  
Financial liabilities:
                               
Deposits
    6,774,930       6,819,659       5,840,643       5,881,083  
Borrowed funds
    1,826,514       1,887,471       1,600,542       1,666,513  

101


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
Limitations
Fair value estimates are made at a specific point in time, based on relevant market information and information about the financial instrument. These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering for sale at one time the Company’s entire holdings of a particular financial instrument. Because no market exists for a significant portion of the Company’s financial instruments, fair value estimates are based on judgments regarding future expected loss experience, current economic conditions, risk characteristics of various financial instruments, and other factors. These estimates are subjective in nature and involve uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and therefore cannot be determined with precision. Changes in assumptions could significantly affect the estimates.
Fair value estimates are based on existing on- and off-balance-sheet financial instruments without attempting to estimate the value of anticipated future business and the value of assets and liabilities that are not considered financial instruments. Significant assets that are not considered financial assets include deferred tax assets, premises and equipment and bank owned life insurance. Liabilities for pension and other postretirement benefits are not considered financial liabilities. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of the unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect on fair value estimates and have not been considered in the estimates.
(15) Regulatory Capital
The Company and the Bank are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by the federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and possibly additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Under capital adequacy guidelines and the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action, the Company and the Bank must meet specific capital guidelines that involve quantitative measures of assets, liabilities and certain off-balance-sheet items as calculated under regulatory accounting practices. Capital amounts and classification are also subject to qualitative judgments by the regulators about components, risk weightings, and other factors.
Quantitative measures established by regulation to ensure capital adequacy require the Company and the Bank to maintain minimum amounts and ratios of total and Tier I capital (as defined in the regulations) to risk- weighted assets (as defined), and of Tier I capital (as defined) to average assets (as defined). Management believes, as of December 31, 2010 and December 31, 2009, that the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
As of December 31, 2010, the most recent notification from the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation categorized the Bank as well capitalized under the regulatory framework for prompt corrective action. To be categorized as well capitalized, the Bank must maintain minimum total risk-based, Tier I risk-based, and Tier I leverage ratios as set forth in the table. There are no conditions or events since that notification that management believes have changed the Bank’s category.
The following is a summary of the Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios as of December 31, 2010 compared to the FDIC minimum capital adequacy requirements and the FDIC requirements for classification as a well-capitalized institution.
                                                 
                    Minimum Requirements  
                                    To be Well  
                                    Capitalized  
                                    Under Prompt  
                    For Capital     Corrective  
    Actual     Adequacy Purposes     Action Provisions  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
                    (Dollars in thousands)                  
As of December 31, 2010:
                                               
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  $ 881,413       13.8 %   $ 512,691       8.0 %   $ 640,864       10.0 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    801,171       12.5       256,346       4.0       384,518       6.0  
Tier I capital (to average assets)
    801,171       8.6       374,406       4.0       468,007       5.0  

102


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
                                                 
                    Minimum Requirements  
                                    To be Well  
                                    Capitalized  
                                    Under Prompt  
                    For Capital     Corrective  
    Actual     Adequacy Purposes     Action Provisions  
    Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio     Amount     Ratio  
                    (Dollars in thousands)                  
As of December 31, 2009:
                                               
Total capital (to risk-weighted assets)
  $ 804,637       15.8 %   $ 407,909       8.0 %   $ 509,886       10.0 %
Tier I capital (to risk-weighted assets)
    749,585       14.7       203,955       4.0       305,932       6.0  
Tier I capital (to average assets)
    749,585       9.0       332,129       4.0       415,162       5.0  
(16) Parent Company Only Financial Statements
The following condensed financial statements for Investors Bancorp, Inc. (parent company only) reflect the investment in its wholly-owned subsidiary, Investors Savings Bank, using the equity method of accounting.
Balance Sheets
                 
    December 31,     December 31,  
    2010     2009  
    (In thousands)  
Assets:
               
Cash and due from bank
  $ 5,911       14,640  
Securities available-for-sale, at estimated fair value
    2,232       2,053  
Investment in subsidiary
    818,818       758,079  
ESOP loan receivable
    36,689       37,690  
Other assets
    37,762       37,859  
 
           
Total Assets
  $ 901,412       850,321  
 
           
Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity:
               
Total liabilities
  $ 133       108  
Total stockholders’ equity
    901,279       850,213  
 
           
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
  $ 901,412       850,321  
 
           
Statements of Operations
                                         
                    Six Month Period        
                    Ended        
    Year End December 31,     December 31,     Year Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2009     2008  
            (Unaudited)                        
                    (In thousands)                  
     
Income:
                                       
Interest on ESOP loan receivable
  $ 1,225       1,282       628       2,077       3,055  
Dividend from subsidiary
    10,000                          
Interest on deposit with subsidiary
    74       61       59              
Income (loss) on securities transactions
    43       5             6       (21 )
 
                             
 
    11,342       1,348       687       2,083       3,034  
 
                                       
Expenses:
                                       
Other expenses
    1,139       960       509       954       827  
 
                             
 
    1,139       960       509       954       827  
Income before income tax expense
    10,203       388       178       1,129       2,207  
Income tax (benefit) expense
    (88 )     (1,068 )     (1,142 )     452       893  
 
                             
Income before undistributed earnings of subsidiary
    10,115       1,456       1,320       677       1,314  
Equity in undistributed earnings (losses) of subsidiary
    51,904       33,656       21,242       (65,595 )     14,715  
 
                             
Net income (loss)
  $ 62,019       35,112       22,562       (64,918 )     16,029  
 
                             

103


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
Statements of Cash Flows
                                         
                    Six Month Period        
                    Ended        
    Year Ended December 31,     December 31,     Year Ended June 30,  
    2010     2009     2009     2009     2008  
            (Unaudited)                        
                    (In thousands)                  
Cash flows from operating activities:
                                       
Net income (loss)
  $ 62,019       35,112       22,562       (64,918 )     16,029  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
                                       
Equity in undistributed (earnings) losses of subsidiary
    (51,904 )     (33,656 )     (21,242 )     65,595       (14,715 )
(Gain) loss on securities transactions
    (43 )     (5 )           (6 )     21  
(Increase) decrease in other assets
    96       (21,375 )     (5,861 )     (23,592 )     938  
(Decrease) increase in other liabilities
    25       75       (462 )     (230 )     (8,320 )
 
                             
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
    10,193       (19,849 )     (5,003 )     (23,151 )     (6,047 )
 
                             
Cash flows from investing activities:
                                       
Net outlay for business acquisition
          (37,840 )           (37,840 )      
Purchase of investments available-for-sale
    (150 )     (350 )     (250 )     (200 )     (1,400 )
Principal collected on ESOP loan
    1,001       969       969       499       399  
 
                             
Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
    851       (37,221 )     719       (37,541 )     (1,001 )
 
                             
Cash flows from financing activities:
                                       
Proceeds from subsidiary capital distributions
          19,361             19,361        
Re-payments of subsidiary capital distributions
          (1,290 )     (1,290 )            
Proceeds from sale of treasury stock to subsidiary
    4,688       5,526       4,061       5,631       4,726  
Purchase of treasury stock
    (24,461 )     (5,447 )     (2,436 )     (4,108 )     (60,124 )
 
                             
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
    (19,773 )     18,150       335       20,884       (55,398 )
 
                             
Net decrease in cash and due from bank
    (8,729 )     (38,920 )     (3,949 )     (39,808 )     (62,446 )
Cash and due from bank at beginning of year
    14,640       53,560       18,589       58,397       120,843  
 
                             
Cash and due from bank at end of year
  $ 5,911       14,640       14,640       18,589       58,397  
 
                             
(17) Selected Quarterly Financial Data (Unaudited)
The following tables are a summary of certain quarterly financial data for the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009.
                                 
    2010 Quarter Ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
    (In thousands, except per share data)  
Interest and dividend income
  $ 103,068       105,871       109,418       110,346  
Interest expense
    41,138       40,724       38,978       38,452  
 
                       
Net interest income
    61,930       65,147       70,440       71,894  
Provision for loan losses
    13,050       15,450       19,000       19,000  
 
                       
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    48,880       49,697       51,440       52,894  
Non-interest income
    3,933       4,139       7,014       11,439  
Non-interest expenses
    30,426       30,773       31,654       37,961  
 
                       
Income before income tax expense
    22,387       23,063       26,800       26,372  
Income tax expense
    9,077       7,787       10,242       9,497  
 
                       
Net income
  $ 13,320       15,276       16,558       16,875  
 
                       
Basic and diluted earnings per common share
  $ 0.12       0.14       0.15       0.16  

104


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
                                 
    2009 Quarter Ended  
    March 31     June 30     September 30     December 31  
            (In thousands, except per share data)          
Interest and dividend income
  $ 92,749       93,364       98,631       99,641  
Interest expense
    51,591       50,034       47,176       43,295  
 
                       
Net interest income
    41,158       43,330       51,455       56,346  
Provision for loan losses
    8,000       8,025       12,375       11,050  
 
                       
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
    33,158       35,305       39,080       45,296  
Non-interest income
    3,417       2,411       5,359       3,648  
Non-interest expenses
    24,455       28,163       26,611       29,889  
 
                       
Income before income tax expense
    12,120       9,553       17,828       19,055  
Income tax expense
    5,042       4,081       7,355       6,966  
 
                       
Net income
    7,078       5,472     $ 10,473       12,089  
 
                       
Basic and diluted earnings per common share
    0.07       0.05       0.10       0.11  
(18) Earnings Per Share
The following is a summary of the Company’s earnings per share calculations and reconciliation of basic to diluted earnings per share.
                                                                         
                                                    For the Six Month Period  
    Year Ended December 31, 2010     Year Ended December 31, 2009     Ended December 31, 2009  
                            (Unaudited)                              
                    Per                     Per                     Per  
                    Share                     Share                     Share  
    Income     Shares     Amount     Income     Shares     Amount     Income     Shares     Amount  
                            (In thousands, except per share data)                          
     
Net income (loss)
  $ 62,019                     $ 35,112                     $ 22,562                  
 
                                                                 
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                                                                       
Income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 62,019       109,713,516     $ 0.57     $ 35,112       107,550,061     $ 0.33     $ 22,562       109,862,617     $ 0.21  
 
                                                                 
Effect of dilutive common stock equivalents(1)
          164,736                     68,165                     126,431          
 
                                                           
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                                                                       
Income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ 62,019       109,878,252     $ 0.56     $ 35,112       107,618,226     $ 0.33     $ 22,562       109,989,048     $ 0.21  
 
                                                     
                                                 
    For the Years Ended June 30,  
    2009     2008  
                    Per                     Per  
                    Share                     Share  
    Loss     Shares     Amount     Income     Shares     Amount  
            (In thousands, except per share data)          
Net income (loss)
  $ (64,918 )                   $ 16,029                  
 
                                           
Basic earnings (loss) per share:
                                               
Income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ (64,918 )     104,530,402     $ (0.62 )   $ 16,029       105,447,910     $ 0.15  
 
                                           
Effect of dilutive common stock equivalents(1)
                              153,854          
 
                                       
Diluted earnings (loss) per share:
                                               
Income (loss) available to common stockholders
  $ (64,918 )     104,530,402     $ (0.62 )   $ 16,029       105,601,764     $ 0.15  
 
                                   
 
(1)   For the years ended December 31, 2010 and 2009, the six month period ended December 31, 2009 and the years ended June 30, 2009 and 2008, there were 5.3 million, 5.8 million (unaudited), 5.3 million, 5.3 million and 4.9 million equity awards, respectively, that could potentially dilute basic earnings per share in the future that were not included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because to do so would have been anti-dilutive for the periods presented.
(19) Recent Accounting Pronouncements
In December 2010, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2010-29, which specifies that if a public entity presents comparative financial statements, the entity should disclose revenue and earnings of the combined entity as though the business combination(s) that occurred during the current year had occurred as of the beginning of the comparable prior annual reporting period only. The amendments in this Update also expand the supplemental pro forma disclosures under Topic 805 to include a description of the nature and amount of material, nonrecurring pro forma adjustments directly attributable to the business combination included in the reported pro forma revenue and earnings. The amendments in this Update are effective prospectively for business combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the beginning of the first annual reporting period beginning on or after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.

105


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
In December 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-28, which modifies Step 1 of the goodwill impairment test for reporting units with zero or negative carrying amounts. For those reporting units, an entity is required to perform Step 2 of the goodwill impairment test if it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists. In determining whether it is more likely than not that a goodwill impairment exists, an entity should consider whether there are any adverse qualitative factors indicating that an impairment may exist. The qualitative factors are consistent with the existing guidance, which requires that goodwill of a reporting unit be tested for impairment between annual tests if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying amount. For public entities, the amendments in this Update are effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those years, beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations.
In July 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-20 to provide financial statement users with greater transparency about an entity’s allowance for credit losses and the credit quality of its financing receivables. The objective of the ASU is to provide disclosures that assist financial statement users in their evaluation of (1) the nature of an entity’s credit risk associated with its financing receivables, (2) how the entity analyzes and assesses that risk in arriving at the allowance for credit losses and (3) the changes in the allowance for credit losses and the reasons for those changes. Disclosures provided to meet the objective above should be provided on a disaggregated basis. The disclosures as of the end of a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods ending on or after December 15, 2010. The disclosures about activity that occurs during a reporting period are effective for interim and annual reporting periods beginning on or after December 15, 2010. In January 2011, the FASB issued ASU No. 2011-01 “Receivables (Topic 310): Deferral of the Effective Date of Disclosures about Troubled Debt Restructurings in Update No. 2010-20” which defers the effective date of the loan modification disclosures. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition or results of operations. The disclosures required by this pronouncement can be found in Note 5 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.
In April 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-18, which states that modifications of loans that are accounted for within a pool under ASC 310-30 do not result in the removal of those loans from the pool even if the modification of those loans would otherwise be considered a troubled debt restructuring. An entity will continue to be required to consider whether the pool of assets in which the loan is included is impaired if expected cash flows for the pool change. The amendments do not affect the accounting for loans under the scope of ASC 310-30 that are not accounted for within pools. Loans accounted for individually under ASC 310-30 continue to be subject to the troubled debt restructuring accounting provisions within ASC 310-40, “Receivables—Troubled Debt Restructurings by Creditors”. The amendments are effective for modifications of loans accounted for within pools under Subtopic 310-30 occurring in the first interim or annual period ending on or after July 15, 2010. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.
In February 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-09, which amended the subsequent events pronouncement issued in May 2009. The amendment removed the requirement to disclose the date through which subsequent events have been evaluated. This pronouncement became effective immediately upon issuance and is to be applied prospectively. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.
In January 2010, the FASB issued ASU 2010-06 to improve disclosures about fair value measurements. This guidance requires new disclosures on transfers into and out of Level 1 and 2 measurements of the fair value hierarchy and requires separate disclosures about purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements relating to Level 3 measurements. It also clarifies existing fair value disclosures relating to the level of disaggregation and inputs and valuation techniques used to measure fair value. It was effective for the first reporting period (including interim periods) beginning after December 15, 2009, except for the requirement to provide the Level 3 activity of purchases, sales, issuances, and settlements on a gross basis, which will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2010. The adoption of this pronouncement did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.
In June 2009, the FASB Codification (the “Codification”) was issued. The Codification is the source of authoritative U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”) recognized by the FASB to be applied by non-governmental entities. Rules and interpretive releases of the SEC under authority of federal securities laws are also sources of authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. The Codification supersedes all existing non-SEC accounting and reporting standards. All other non-grandfathered non-SEC accounting literature not included in the Codification became non-authoritative. This Statement was effective for financial statements issued for interim and annual periods ending after September 15, 2009. The implementation of this standard did not have an impact on the Company’s consolidated financial condition and results of operations.

106


Table of Contents

INVESTORS BANCORP, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
December 31, 2010 and 2009 and June 30, 2009 and 2008
In June 2009, the FASB issued ASC 860, an amendment to the accounting and disclosure requirements for transfers of financial assets. The guidance defines the term “participating interest” to establish specific conditions for reporting a transfer of a portion of a financial asset as a sale. If the transfer does not meet those conditions, a transferor should account for the transfer as a sale only if it transfers an entire financial asset or a group of entire financial assets and surrenders control over the entire transferred asset(s). The guidance requires that a transferor recognize and initially measure at fair value all assets obtained (including a transferor’s beneficial interest) and liabilities incurred as a result of a transfer of financial assets accounted for as a sale. This Statement is effective as of the beginning of each reporting entity’s first annual reporting period that begins after November 15, 2009, for interim periods within that first annual reporting period, and for interim and annual reporting periods thereafter. The Company is evaluating the impact the adoption of ASC 860 will have on its financial condition, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.
In June 2008, the FASB ratified ASC 840-10, “Accounting by Lessees for Nonrefundable Maintenance Deposits”. ASC 840-10 requires that all nonrefundable maintenance deposits be accounted for as a deposit with the deposit expensed or capitalized in accordance with the lessee’s maintenance accounting policy when the underlying maintenance is performed. Once it is determined that an amount on deposit is not probable of being used to fund future maintenance expense, it is to be recognized as additional expense at the time such determination is made. ASC 840-10 is effective for fiscal years beginning after July 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC 840-10 did not have a material impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or financial statement disclosures.
In June 2008, ASC 260-10 was issued which addresses whether instruments granted in share-based payment transactions are participating securities prior to vesting and, therefore, need to be included in the earnings allocation in computing earnings per share. The Statement is effective for financial statements issued for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2009. The adoption of ASC 260-10 on July 1, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In February 2008, ASC 820-10, “Effective Date of ASC 820,” was issued. ASC 820-10 delayed the application of ASC 820 Fair Value Measurements and Disclosures for non-financial assets and non-financial liabilities until July 1, 2009. The adoption of ASC 820-10 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.
In December 2007, the FASB issued ASC 805, “Business Combinations.” ASC 805 requires most identifiable assets, liabilities, noncontrolling interests, and goodwill acquired in a business combination to be recorded at “full fair value.” ASC 805 applies to all business combinations, including combinations among mutual entities and combinations by contract alone. Under ASC 805, all business combinations will be accounted for by applying the acquisition method. The adoption of ASC 805 on July 1, 2009 did not have a material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements.

107


Table of Contents

    (a)(2) Financial Statement Schedules
    None.
    (a)(3) Exhibits
3.1   Certificate of Incorporation of Investors Bancorp, Inc.*
 
3.2   Bylaws of Investors Bancorp, Inc.*
 
4   Form of Common Stock Certificate of Investors Bancorp, Inc.*
 
10.1   Form of Employment Agreement between Investors Bancorp, Inc. and certain executive officers*
 
10.2   Form of Change in Control Agreement between Investors Bancorp, Inc. and certain executive officers*
 
10.3   Investors Savings Bank Director Retirement Plan*
 
10.4   Investors Savings Bank Supplemental ESOP and Retirement Plan*
 
10.5   Investors Bancorp, Inc. Supplemental Wage Replacement Plan*
 
10.6   Investors Savings Bank Deferred Directors Fee Plan*
 
10.7   Investors Bancorp, Inc. Deferred Directors Fee Plan*
 
10.8   Executive Officer Annual Incentive Plan**
 
10.9   Agreement and Plan of Merger by and Between Investors Bancorp, Inc and American Bancorp of New Jersey, Inc.***
 
10.10   Purchase and Assumption Agreement by and among Millennium and Investors Savings Bank****
 
14   Code of Ethics*****
 
21   Subsidiaries of Registrant*
 
23.1   Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
31.1   Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
31.2   Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
32   Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
 
101   The following materials from the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2010, formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) the Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition, (ii) the Consolidated Statements of Operations, (iii) the Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders’ Equity, (iv) the Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows and (v) the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, tagged as blocks of text. ******
 
*   Incorporated by reference to the Registration Statement on Form S-1 of Investors Bancorp, Inc. (file no. 333-125703), originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 10, 2005.
 
**   Incorporated by reference to Appendix A of the Company’s definitive proxy statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 26, 2008.
 
***   Incorporated by reference to Form 8-Ks originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 15, 2008 and March 18, 2009.
 
****   Incorporated by reference to Form 8-K originally filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 30, 2010.
 
*****   Available on our website www.isbnj.com
 
******   Furnished, not filed

108


Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
     Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
         
  INVESTORS BANCORP, INC.
 
 
Date: March 1, 2011  By:   /s/ Kevin Cummings    
    Kevin Cummings   
    Chief Executive Officer and President
(Principal Executive Officer)
(Duly Authorized Representative) 
 
 
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
         
Signatures   Title   Date
 
       
/s/ Kevin Cummings
 
  Chief Executive Officer and President    March 1, 2011
Kevin Cummings
  (Principal Executive Officer)    
 
       
/s/ Thomas F. Splaine, Jr.
 
  Chief Financial Officer    March 1, 2011
Thomas F. Splaine, Jr.
  and Senior Vice President
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
   
 
       
/s/ Doreen R. Byrnes
 
  Director   March 1, 2011
Doreen R. Byrnes
       
 
       
/s/ Domenick Cama
 
  Director, Chief Operating Officer    March 1, 2011
Domenick Cama
  and Senior Executive Vice President    
 
       
/s/ Robert M. Cashill
 
  Director, Chairman    March 1, 2011
Robert M. Cashill
       
 
       
/s/ Brian D. Dittenhafer
 
  Director    March 1, 2011
Brian D. Dittenhafer
       
 
       
/s/ Vincent D. Manahan, III
 
  Director    March 1, 2011
Vincent D. Manahan, III
       
 
       
/s/ Richard Petroski
 
  Director    March 1, 2011
Richard Petroski
       
 
       
/s/ Stephen J. Szabatin
 
  Director    March 1, 2011
Stephen J. Szabatin
       
 
       
/s/ James H. Ward III
 
  Director    March 1, 2011
James H. Ward III
       

109